User Manual

Add to my manuals
56 Pages

advertisement

User Manual | Manualzz
Introduction
Open and close the door once, and make
sure that 0 is displayed in the display area.
E-2
Introduction • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
What to Check and Prepare Before Using Your Oven for the First Time • • E-4–E-5
• Checking Setup
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• How to Turn On the Power
E-4
• How to Run the Oven Empty (Deodorizing) • • • •
E-5
• Zero-Point Adjustment
E-5
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Part Names / Control Panel / Accessories
• • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
How Heating Works
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
How to Use Accessories
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• How to Insert the Ceramic Tray
• • • • • • • • • • • •
• How to Maintain Your Super Grill Tray Unit
• There are 36 types of Auto Menu options available,
where you do not need to set the heating method,
time, or temperature. You
can cook delicious food
simply by selecting a menu
option and pressing Start.
E-14–E-19
• • • •
E-15
E-15–E-17
• Accessories Used in Manual Cooking
• • • • • • • •
E-18
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
E-19
Useable and Unusable Containers • • • • • • E-20–E-21
How to Use the Oven, and Helpful Tips
Tips for Using the Oven Efficiently/Cooking
• •
• Amount of Food and Size/Weight of Containers
• •
E-22
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
E-22
• Reheating Two or More Pieces of Food at the Same Time
• Adjusting Doneness in Auto Cooking
• Additional Heating After Auto Cooking
Zero-point adjustment is required
from time to time.
P. E-5
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• Removing Food (Containers) and Accessories After Cooking
• Switching the Completion Sound (Melody)
• Using a Registered Container to Reheat • •
E-32
• Reheat Without Registering the Container Weight • •
E-33
E-22–E-23
• •
E-23
• • • •
E-23
• •
14 Chinjao Rosu 16 Gratin/Lasagna
17 Yakitori 19 Healthy Fried Shrimp
20 Cabbage Rolls 21 Quick Bread
1 Reheat
• Reheating Two Types of Foods (Such as Frozen Rice and Side Dishes)
Stored at Different Temperatures (Chilled or Frozen) at the Same Time
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
4 Frozen (L) & Chilled (R)
E-2
E-26
E-27
• Combine Microwave/Grill/Oven Heating
E-47
with Steam/Superheated Steam • • •
E-48
E-49
Heating Times for Manual Cooking • • E-50 –E-51
• Maintaining the Main Unit/Accessories
• •
E-52
• • • • • • • • • • • •
E-53
• Removing Unwanted Smells (Deodorizing) • •
E-53
• How to Drain the Water
28 Deodorizing
• How to Clean the Oven Cavity
E-53
• • • • • •
24 Cake 25 Two Level Cooking (Meat & Vegetables)
Additional Information
26 Homemade Foods
•
E-37
31 Chicken Teriyaki 32 Fried Chicken
E-24–E-25
1 Reheat
• Reheating Two Different Types of Foods (Such as Rice and Side Dishes)
Stored at Room Temperature or Chilled at the Same Time
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Combination with Steam Superheated Steam
27 Cleaning
29 Hamburg Steak 30 Grilled Chicken with Herbs
• • • •
• Heating with Preheat Yes • • • • • • • • • E-44 –E-45
• Heating Using Preheat No • • • • • • • • E-46
27 Cleaning
13 Baked Potato
When Food Does Not Turn Out Well • • • • E-54 –E-57
Troubleshooting • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • E-57–E-59
When Notices Are Displayed • • • • •
E-59
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
E-112
Specifications
Cooking with Preheat Yes Menu Options
Preheat: Yes
• You can also heat food optimally without
registering the container, by measuring its
P. E-33
weight each time you use it.
Auto Cooking
• My Menu Reheat is a feature for cooking food
the way you prefer, if you register the weight
P. E-31–E-33
of the containers that you use.
E-37
11 Chawanmushi 12 Steamed Whitefish
Reheat
• Reheating Rice and Side Dishes
Oven Heating
Maintenance
Cooking Food
Cooking with Preheat No Menu Options
E-43
• •
• Heat Using Steam Microwave Leavening • •
• Heat Using Steam Oven Leavening • •
Standard Cooking (Healthy Cooking can also be selected)
My Menu Reheat
• Heat While Browning the Surface of Foods Like Fish
• Defrosting Meat and Fish 6 Defrost • • • E-34 –E-35
• Heating Vegetables (Boiling) • • • •
E-36
7 Leafy Vegetables 8 Root Vegetables
E-23
E-23
Grill Heating
Leaven
E-22
E-23
• Heating at a Constant Output (Wattage) • • E-40 –E-41
• Automatically Lower Output (Wattage)
During Heating (Relay Heating) • • • •
E-42
Preparing Food
Preheat: No
• Checking Doneness During Cooking
• •
E-31
E-14
• • • • • • • •
• Where to Place the Food
E-31–E-33
• • • • • • • • •
• How to Register a Container
Auto Cooking
• The oven has a built-in Triple Weight Sensor
for cooking food by measuring its weight, using the
Auto Menu.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
33 Rice 34 Frozen Rice
35 Soup 36 Milk
E-13
• Accessories Used with Auto Cooking
• How to Use Water Tank
My Menu
E-8–E-13
E-14
Microwave Heating
• Reheat Rice, Soup, and Beverages Using
My Menu
E-6–E-7
• •
• How to Set the Legs of the Super Grill Tray Unit
Using Auto Cooking Skillfully
E-4
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Safety Precautions
When the door is opened and closed, the power
turns on and 0 is displayed in the display area.
P. E-4
How to Turn On the Power
• Defrost & Reheat, Steam Reheat,
Beverages, Crispy Cooking • • • • E-28 –E-30
2 Defrost & Reheat 3 Steam Reheat
5 Milk 9 Crispy Cooking (Chilled)
10 Crispy Cooking (Frozen)
Check First
Manual Cooking
• To save power, when the oven is not used and
left with 0 displayed, the power will turn off
automatically after about 10 minutes.
The power does not turn on when you simply
insert the power plug in an outlet
(Standby Power Zero Watt Function).
Table of Contents
Healthy
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
E-38
29 Hamburg Steak to 32 Fried Chicken
Cooking with Preheat Yes Menu Options
• •
15 Steak 18 Roast Chicken
Recipes
E-60–E-111
E-39
• Recipes Table of Contents
• • • • • • • • •
E-60–E-63
22 French Bread 23 Crispy Pizza
E-3
What to Check and Prepare Before Using Your Oven for the First Time
Checking Installation
How to Run the Oven Empty (Deodorizing)
Note: There is an outlet vent on the top of the oven towards the back.
Heat radiates from this outlet vent.
The sides and back
can be directly against
a wall.
Water tank [Empty]
1
Press
and select 28 Deodorizing
When you push the button, you can make
selections in the order 27
28 .
There is an outlet vent on the top of the oven towards the back.
Heat radiates from this outlet. Unless there is enough space for
the heat to radiate, the wall surface can become discolored,
and the main unit may malfunction.
2
Heating method: Starts with Grill , then switches to Oven heating midway.
Press
Heating time
to start.
When the procedure is complete, a beep will sound.
• After the oven finishes running empty, the fan spins in order to
cool the oven.
CAUTION
How to Turn On the Power
is displayed in the display area).
To save power when the oven is not in use, the
Not lit
Lit
When the door is opened once, the power turns
Do not touch
Will result in burns, injury, and fire.
When running the oven empty (Deodorizing), during the heating and also for some time
after the process is complete, do not touch the main unit (door, outer cover, oven cavity,
and surroundings).
When running the oven empty (Deodorizing), do not place anything in the oven cavity.
When running the oven empty (Deodorizing), there may be a smell of burning oil,
or smoke may appear. Open a window or ventilate the area using a fan.
Move small animals that are sensitive to smoke or odors, such as birds,
to a different room.
Use after the oven cavity has cooled down.
Zero-Point Adjustment (After the oven cavity has cooled down)
power will not turn on when you simply insert the
power plug into an outlet.
When the door is opened
power is On, the light in the LCD display
area turns off after three minutes. After
about 10 minutes, the power turns off
automatically.
(Standby Power Zero Watt Function)
Menu Number
0 cm or more
Do not install the oven so that the inlet vent on the bottom is covered.
When the door is left closed while the
Heating
method
• After the oven finishes running empty, the fan spins in order to
cool the oven.
The power turns on when the door is opened (
E-4
Preparation Empty the oven cavity and
Do not install the oven near curtains or objects that are weak with respect to heat.
on. The lights light up on the LCD display and is
displayed in the display area.
Note: To turn off the light in the LCD display area,
press
.
Do not leave the ceramic tray,
metal trays, or super grill tray
unit inside the oven.
Remove all packaging materials.
close the door.
10 cm or more
Although you can align the sides and back
of the main unit directly against a wall or
furniture, be sure to check the following.
0 cm or more
• Is the wall or storage rack weak with
respect to heat?
• Leave some space between the wall and oven,
because contact with the oven may cause
marks on the wall, depending on the wall
material. If the wall behind the oven is
a glass wall, is there a space of 20 cm
or more?
Note: If the oven is close to a glass wall, differences
in temperature may cause the glass to break.
Outlet vent
• The walls of the oven cavity are coated with oil to prevent rusting. When you use the oven for the first time, run the oven empty
(deodorize) to burn off the oil by following the steps below.
What to Check and Prepare Before Using Your Oven for the First Time
What to Check and Prepare Before Using Your Oven for the First Time
When you install your oven, leave enough space for heat to radiate, following the
diagram shown here.
28 Deodorizing
Power On
Lit
Using Auto Cooking, you do not need to set the heating method, time, temperature, and so on. When you select a menu option and press Start, food
is cooked automatically. To cook food more efficiently, the oven is equipped with a weight sensor that measures the weight of the container in which
the food is placed. When you use the oven for the first time, perform the zero-point adjustment of this weight sensor by following the steps below.
1
Set the ceramic tray on the bottom of
the oven cavity, and close the door.
Ceramic tray
For information on how to set the ceramic tray
Water tank [Empty]
P. E-14
Display during sensing
After about three minutes
Light in the LCD display area turns off
Not lit
After about 10 minutes
Power Off
Not lit
2
Close the door while 0 is displayed in
the display area, and press and hold
down
for at least three seconds.
The buzzer beeps. The oven lamp turns on and “Sensing
”
is lit. After a few seconds, the zero-point adjustment is complete.
Zero-point adjustment is complete when the oven lamp and
“Sensing ” display turn off.
During Zero-Point Adjustment
Oven lamp and “Sensing
” light up
After Zero-Point Adjustment
Oven lamp and “Sensing
In order to maintain good cooking quality, perform the zero-point adjustment once a month.
” turn off
E-5
Part Names / Control Panel / Accessories
Door handle
Outlet vent
Vent
cover
Upper heater
Lights up during heating, and turns
off when the door is opened.
Built into the ceiling of
the oven cavity.
When the oven is preheating, the lamp is turned
off in order to save energy. When you want to
look at the oven cavity (inside the oven) during
preheating, press the Start Reheat button. The
oven lamp lights up for about five seconds.
Oven cavity
Tray rack
Set the metal trays
on the tray rack.
(Inside oven)
Convection heater
Built into the back of
the oven cavity
Top
Middle
Bottom
Ceramic tray
(Made of ceramic)
Steam outlet
Control panel
Water tank
Fill with water when Steam ,
Superheated Steam , and 27 Cleaning .
Inlet vent
Door Glass
Door
(opening on bottom)
Drip tray
Power plug
Steam boiler
(The power cord is approximately 1.4 m long.)
Boiler for heating water to make steam. It is built into the main unit.
Accessories
Control Panel Functions
Navigator Dial Control Function
Blinks to notify you of the order of subsequent operations.
• When you press the control button, the dial or button
that you need to operate next will blink. (When it is lit,
select as necessary; when it blinks,
perform the required operation.)
Auto Cooking Display
Weigh, Register Containers
The menu options that can be
selected with Auto Cooking,
along with their numbers, are
displayed on the front of the
door.
Press the button to weigh
and register containers used
with My Menu.
Recall
My Menu
Specify
Manual Cooking
Press the button to recall
My Menu Cooking Menu
options
33 Rice to 36 Milk .
Set the heating
method, temperature,
and time for Manual
Cooking.
Select the menu
number or time
Turn the dial to set the
menu number for Auto
Cooking or the time for
Manual Cooking.
Part Names / Control Panel / Accessories
Part Names / Control Panel / Accessories
Outer cover
Oven lamp
Ceramic tray
(Made from ceramic)
Metal trays (two trays)
(Made from porcelain enamel)
Super grill
tray unit
(Legs closed)
(Legs open)
The top surface is treated with fluorine. A heating element
that absorbs microwaves and produces heat is attached
to the back surface.
Water tank
Cooking Guide (this document)
Easy User Guide
Auto Heating Menu Display
Cleaning/
Deodorizing Button
Heating Method Display
Water Display
LCD Display
Press the button for healthy
cooking of
29 Hamburg Steak to
Press the button
to recall
27 Cleaning and
32 Fried Chicken .
28 Deodorizing .
During Manual Cooking
and Auto Cooking, eight
types of heating methods
light up and are
displayed.
Lights up when there is
no water in the water
tank during steam
cooking.
Displays the specified
settings and operation
status. (The image above
shows all the display
items lit up.)
Recall the Healthy Menu
E-6
Select
Finishing
Select the finishing
settings for Auto
Cooking.
Cancel
Press the button to cancel/clear the heating
settings that you selected or set, and also
to cancel heating. When 0 is displayed (for
example, after cooking is finished), press
this button to turn off the lighting in the LCD
display area.
Start
Heating
Press the button to
start heating in Auto
Cooking or Manual
Cooking.
E-7
Installation
Safety Precautions
This product is for general household use. It is not intended for industrial use.
DANGER
Matters involving a particularly
high risk of death or serious injury.
Matters involving a warning or
caution.
WARNING
Matters involving a risk of death
or serious injury.
Prohibited matters, which must
not be done.
CAUTION
Matters involving a risk of injury
or physical damage.
Matters involving instructions
that must be carried out.
WARNING
Do not use this product in the following kinds of locations:
Will result in ignition
due to high
temperatures while
heating the oven or grill.
Locations that are within reach of an infant.
Will result in accident, burns, and injury.
Near flammable items such as curtains and spray cans.
On top of materials that are weak with respect to heat, such as
carpets, tablecloths, and the like.
Do not place anything on top of the main unit.
When the oven or grill is being heated, the temperature rises and objects on top may become overheated and burn or be deformed.
Remove all packaging materials from the product and its accessories, and store the
plastic bags in a location out of reach of an infant, or dispose of such bags.
Packaging materials may ignite, and plastic bags may cause a choking hazard.
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS: READ CAREFULLY AND KEEP FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
Precautions that should be observed to avoid physical harm and property damage are explained below based
on the following categories. Carefully read the precautions in this text, and be sure to use the product properly.
Matters that should be observed are explained
Harm and damage that occur when the product is used improperly are explained
based on categories that correspond to the extent of such harm and damage.
based on the following categories of symbols.
The product contains high-pressure parts.
CAUTION
DANGER
Do not remodel
Must not be repaired or
disassembled by anyone other than a
repair technician (service staff).
Do not insert your finger or any objects in any of the
holes or gaps in the oven, such as the inlet vent, outlet
vent, or water tank storage areas (be particularly
careful about children’s mischief and the like).
Do not
disassemble. Will result in fire, electrical shock, and injury.
Will result in fire, electrical shock, and injury.
It is hazardous for anyone other than a
competent person to carry out any service or
repair operation that involves the removal of a
cover which gives protection against exposure
to microwave oven.
If a foreign object gets into
the main unit, pull out the
power plug and consult with
the Service Center.
Will cause electrical shock, electrical leakage, or ignition.
Install the oven in an even, sturdy location.
Installation in an unstable location will result in vibrations and noise, and the product may fall.
Be sure to leave at least the distance indicated in the chart below
between the main unit and a wall or the like.
Unless there is sufficient space between the main unit and a wall or the like, the
wall or other objects in the vicinity of where the main unit is placed will overheat,
leading to discoloration, deformation, or ignition.
Power plugs, power cords, outlets
WARNING
Do not plug in or pull out the power
plug with wet hands.
Do not use this product near areas with water or flames/heat, such as a sink or stove.
Do not damage power plugs or power cords.
Position
Top
Distance (cm)
10
Bottom Left
0
0
Right
Front
Back
0
Open
0
Side
0 cm
or more
10 cm or more
Back
0 cm
or more
0 cm
or more
Will result in electrical shock, ignition, and fire.
May cause electrical shock.
Examples of handling that may cause damage to power cords:
Altering
Tying in a bundle
No wet hands.
Do not use damaged or
loose outlets
Forced bending
Pulling
Twisting
Will result in electrical shock,
ignition, and fire.
Placing something heavy on top
Pushing the cord under or
between other objects
Be sure to completely remove dust from the
power plug (particularly the prongs and the
section where the prongs are attached).
For the power supply, use a dedicated outlet.
If the outlet is shared with another
device, the outlet may become
abnormally heated, resulting in ignition.
To Protect Your Surroundings
Set this product up in a location where its surroundings do not include walls or furniture that are weak with respect to heat.
If you install this product in a location where the back is facing glass, leave 20 cm or more between the glass and the back
of the oven, as the glass could crack due to temperature differences.
Even if the distance indicated in the table and diagram is maintained, condensation or soiling may occur due to the exhaust
air from the oven. Soiling and condensation can be reduced either by leaving more space between the oven and the wall or
the like, or by affixing aluminum foil to the wall.
Moisture becomes trapped in the dust, which weakens
electrical insulation, resulting in fire.
When you will not use the product for a long period
of time, remove the power plug from the outlet.
Do not use multiple leads or extension cords.
Pull out the
power plug
Electrical insulation becomes weakened, resulting in electrical
leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
CAUTION
Do not place the power cord near
high temperature areas Outlet vent
such as the outlet vent.
The power cord will be damaged.
E-8
When pulling out the power plug,
do not pull on the power cord.
The cord will break, resulting in ignition.
Grasp the power plug and then pull it out.
E-9
Cooking
Safety Precautions (Continued)
Auto Cooking (Reheating) and Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
WARNING
If the surface is cracked, switch off
the appliance to avoid the possibility
of electric shock.
Do not use this oven for purposes other
than cooking.
Will result in burns, injury, or fire.
During use the appliance becomes hot.
Care should be taken to avoid touching
heating elements inside the oven.
CAUTION
Do not cook food if there is an object stuck
between the oven door and the body of the oven.
Do not use excessive force when you place containers
on the ceramic tray, and do not drop the ceramic tray.
Will result in injury, burns, ignition, or fire due to microwave leakage and heat leakage.
Do not use the oven if the main unit
has turned over or has been dropped.
This may cause the ceramic tray to crack or break, and will lead
to malfunctions if the ceramic tray is used in such a condition.
Do not use the ceramic tray if it is cracked or broken. Ask the
Service Center to inspect the ceramic tray.
Will result in microwave leakage, heat leakage,
electrical shock, or burns.
Do not cover the inlet vent or outlet vent.
If the door or door seals are damaged,
do not use the oven until repairs are
performed by a repair technician.
Do not cook food if there are scraps of food on
the wall of the oven cavity or on the ceramic tray.
Will result in ignition or fire.
Will result in ignition or fires.
Do not spill water onto the main unit.
If water is accidentally spilled onto the oven, ask the
Service Center to inspect the oven.
The door will become misshapen, leading to injury and burns resulting from microwave leakage or heat leakage.
During Cooking and After Cooking (Including 27 Cleaning and running the microwave oven empty ( 28 Deodorizing ))
WARNING
Press the Cancel button to cancel cooking.
Pulling out the power plug first will result in fire or electrical shock.
CAUTION
Will result in burns due to hot air and water vapor.
Do not spill water on the hightemperature glass door or ceramic tray.
This may result in cracking.
Do not directly touch the outer cover, oven
cavity, ceramic tray, metal trays, or super
grill tray unit, as they will be very hot.
Do not touch. Will result in injury or burns.
Use a thick, dry dishcloth or a commercially available
oven mitt when you place food, containers, or
accessories into the oven, or when you take them out.
10
E-10
Directly touching the food and so on will result in burns or injury.
The microwave oven is intended for heating
food and beverages. Drying of food or clothing
and heating of warming pads, slippers,
sponges, damp cloth and similar may lead to
risk of injury, ignition or fire.
Do not heat store-bought microwavable hot
water bottles, baby bottles (sterilizer bags),
and so on.
Liquids and other foods must not be heated in
sealed containers since they are liable to explode.
Do not heat under the following kinds of conditions.
Will result in burns, injury, and fire.
When a freshness enhancer (deoxidant) is attached to the
packaging or food.
When labels or tape are attached to the packaging or food.
When a lid or stopper is still on a bottle or container.
When canned food is left in its can.
When store-bought boil-in-the-bag food remains in its pouch.
Do not heat raw eggs, boiled eggs (both
with/without the shell), or fried eggs.
When heating eggs, beat the eggs before
heating. Otherwise, the eggs may burst and
damage the ceramic tray or glass door.
Eggs in their shell and whole hard-boiled eggs
should not be stilled or shaken and the since they
explode, even after microwave heating has ended.
Raw eggs
Boiled eggs
Egg yolk or fried eggs
Do not heat beverages or juices using
1 Reheat .
They may overheat, resulting in boiling,
or sudden boiling.
Heat milk, coffee, tea, water, and the like
using 5 Milk or 36 Milk .
Heat soup and the like using 35 Soup .
When heating food in plastic or paper containers, keep eye on the oven due to the
possibility of ignition.
Do the following to make sure that you do not overheat foods.
Do not apply excessive force to the door, and do not sit or stand on the main unit.
When opening the door, do not peek inside.
Do not heat anything other than food.
à¿ëSè„ÇÃÇ≤íçà”
Safety
Precautions
à¿ëSè„ÇÃÇ≤íçà”
Safety Precautions
This appliance is not intended for use by persons
(including children) with reduced physical, sensory or
mental capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge,
unless they have been given supervision or instruction
concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible
for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure
that they do not play with the appliance.
WARNING
If the food inside the oven cavity starts to
burn, or smoke is observed, keep the
door closed.
The food may burst into flames.
1. Press the Cancel button immediately, stop the
oven, and pull out the power plug.
2. Move flammable objects far away from the main
unit, and wait until the fire dies down. If the fire
shows no sign of dying down, use water or a fire
extinguisher to put out the fire.
After the fire is extinguished, do not use the oven
as it is. Ask the Service Center to inspect the oven.
Be sure not to catch your fingers in the
door when opening and closing the door.
Will result in burns or injury.
Will result in ignition, boiling, and sudden boiling.
Will boil suddenly and splatter during heating and after heating, resulting in burns, injury, and damage to the ceramic tray.
For small amounts (less than 100 g) of food, use Manual Cooking and Microwave 600W or less, set the
heating time to 20–50 seconds, and keep an eye on the food as it cooks.
Sudden
boiling
When you use Auto Cooking, heat food according to the content of this manual,
for example with regard to the amount of food and containers to use, and so on.
• Heat small quantities of food (less than 100 g) using Manual Cooking, and keep an eye on the food as it cooks.
P. E-41
• When heating, use a container that weighs about the same as the quantity of food.
Microwave heating of beverages can result in delayed eruptive boilling, therefore care must be taken when handling the container.
Stir the following foods and so on before and after heating.
When you remove food from the oven cavity, take the food out slowly.
Beverages (water, milk, coffee, soy milk, and the like).
Food that has a certain thickness (curry, stew, and the like).
Food with a high oil and fat content (cream, butter, and the like).
Heat foods with shells or membranes only after splitting
or slitting the shell or membrane.
Will burst, resulting in burns and injury.
CAUTION
Do not heat the oven without putting
any food in the oven cavity.
Do not heat baby milk and baby food
using Auto Cooking.
Will result in malfunctions and ignition.
Use Manual Cooking to heat milk or baby food,
and keep an eye on it as it cooks.
Will result in burns.
Do not use the metal products noted below.
Will result in malfunctions, ignition, and breakage
of glass due to sparks.
Optional metal tray, super grill tray
unit (with the exception of some
Auto Cooking menu options).
Metallic skewers or metallic food
preparation tools.
Aluminum foil.
Plastic containers with aluminumtreated surfaces, and the like.
Heat store-bought baby food after
transferring it to a separate container.
The contents of feeding bottles and baby food jars
shall be stirred or shaken and the temperature
checked before consumption, in order to avoid burns.
Slowly remove coverings such as
plastic wrap and the like.
Steam will pour out as soon as you remove the
wrapping, resulting in burns.
11
E-11
Super Grill Tray Unit
Safety Precautions (Continued)
CAUTION
Do not place anything heavier than 2.5 kg
on top of the super grill tray unit.
Will result in damage, melting, and deformation.
Will result in damage and deformation.
Do not touch the super grill tray unit with
your bare hands immediately after cooking.
Make sure that the super grill tray unit
does not touch the walls of the oven cavity.
Will result in burns.
The super grill tray unit will be hot even after
microwave heating in Auto Cooking.
Will result in malfunctions due to sparks.
When you take the super grill tray unit out, take
it out slowly, together with the ceramic tray.
When you use the super grill tray unit, make sure
that the legs make a click sound when you open
them, which indicates that they are fully open.
Leave a distance of 3 m or more between the main unit and radios, televisions, wireless equipment (wireless LAN),
and antenna wires.
Will cause disruptions in the sound and picture, as well as communication errors.
When there is a danger of lightning strikes, pull out the power plug from the outlet.
Will cause malfunctions.
How Heating Works
Will slide off and fall, resulting in damage.
e
wav
o
r
c
i
If the legs are not fully open, food will roll over.
n
ove
There are eight different heating methods.
Heats foods using microwaves (high frequency radio waves). Microwaves have the following three properties:
M
Water Tank
Foods that contain
moisture absorb
microwaves.
CAUTION
Do not put anything other than water in the water tank.
Do not use the water tank if it is broken.
If alcohol or the like is used in the tank, this will result in
ignition.
Water will leak, resulting in malfunctions.
Do not wash or dry the water tank
using a dishwasher or dish dryer.
Will result in damage and deformation.
Do not put the water tank in a location that
can become heated, such as near a stove
or on top of the oven.
Fill the tank with fresh water for each use.
Oven and grill heating will make the main unit high in
temperature, resulting in damage or deformation.
Microwaves pass
through containers
made of glass and ceramic.
Metal reflects
microwaves.
Microwaves that are absorbed by food excite the movement of water molecules, and this generates heat.
The food heats up quickly due to this frictional heat.
Speedy and
economical.
Because water
is not used, nutrients
are preserved.
Color, shape,
and taste are
preserved.
Food can be
heated even
after it is arranged.
Gril
Food is heated by the upper heater, browning the
food and making the inside soft.
n
Ove
The temperature inside the oven cavity is evenly maintained
by the convection heater and upper heater, baking the food
in a way that entirely envelops the food.
l
Safety Precautions / How Heating Works
Safety Precautions
Do not use the super grill tray unit for anything other
than grill heating in Auto Cooking and Manual Cooking.
Reminders
Using stale water will result in sanitary problems.
Do not place the water tank in hot
water or scald the water tank.
Wash the water tank frequently, and keep it clean.
Will result in damage and deformation.
Not washing the water tank will result in sanitary
problems.
Maintaining Your Oven
WARNING
Pull out
the power plug.
Perform oven maintenance after you pull
out the power plug.
Perform maintenance of your oven after all the parts of
the main unit, accessories, and so on have cooled down.
If the power plug remains plugged in, this will result
in electric shock.
If the oven, accessories, and so on are hot, this will result in burns.
Steam
Steam
Steam
Microwave
Grill
Oven
The oven cavity is filled with steam (water vapor around 100°C), and food is heated in
conjunction with the microwave oven, grill, or oven. Moisture is added to the food, which
makes it tender.
Steam
Food
Abnormalities and Troubleshooting
WARNING
Will result in fires, electric shock, and injury.
Pull out the power plug from the outlet
immediately, and ask the Service Center
to inspect or repair the oven.
E-12
Examples of abnormalities/
troubleshooting:
Press the Cancel button immediately
and stop using the oven.
The power cord and power plug are abnormally hot.
There is a burning smell.
There is abnormal noise.
There are sparks.
There is a tingling sensation like an electric shock when you
touch the main unit.
The door has become significantly misshapen or deformed.
Sometimes heating does not end automatically.
Superheated Steam
Superheated Steam
Grill
Oven
The oven cavity is filled with superheated steam, at a maximum temperature of
about 400°C, and food is heated in conjunction with the grill or oven.
Excess fat from meat and salt from fish are removed together with condensed
water, making the food healthy.
Superheated
Steam
Fat
Condensed
water
E-13
How to Use Accessories
How to Maintain Your Super Grill Tray Unit
How to Insert the Ceramic Tray
Weight sensors
CAUTION
As shown in the diagram, hold the ceramic tray
with both hands on either side of the area where
there is no rim, and insert it into the oven cavity.
Gently place it on top of the three weight sensors.
Using both hands, push the front of the ceramic
tray towards the back with your fingers, and lift
the ceramic tray. Next, place the ends of your
fingers on the bottom of the ceramic tray, and
slowly pull out the ceramic tray, using both hands.
Inserting the ceramic tray
into, or removing it from,
a heated oven cavity may
result in burns. Use a
thick, dry dishcloth or
oven mitts.
How to Set the Legs of the Super Grill Tray Unit
How to Remove
How to Set the Legs
Legs closed
Slowly remove the super grill tray
unit together with the ceramic tray.
Legs open
Slowly remove the super grill tray
unit together with the ceramic tray.
containing abrasives)
(Reminder)
When you perform maintenance of the super grill tray unit, do not scrub
Sponge portion
the front and back surfaces with the hard part of a sponge scrubber or a
nylon scrubber that contains abrasives.
Note: Will cause the fluorine on the surface to peel off, or result in the heating element being damaged.
When food is stuck to or burned onto the surface of the super grill tray unit, place
the super grill tray unit in hot water (approximately 40–50°C) for about 10 minutes.
After soaking the stuck food, remove the food using a soft sponge or the like with a mild
detergent for kitchen use.
Accessories Used with Auto Cooking
The accessories used differ depending on the menu option. Follow the operation procedures
and illustrations in the recipes section to properly use the accessories.
CAUTION
When removing it from the inside of a heated oven cavity, use a thick, dry
dishcloth or oven mitts. (The food may slip, resulting in burns.)
Legs
How to Close the Legs
Hold the center part of the legs and
slowly open them out until you hear
a click sound. Before using it,
place the super grill tray with
its legs opened on the center
of the ceramic tray.
E-14
When you perform maintenance of the super grill tray unit, use a mild detergent for kitchen use
to remove dirt from both the front and back sides of the unit, with a soft object
such as a sponge scrubber. Afterwards, remove the detergent completely
Hard portion
(Nonwoven fabric
using a well-wrung, damp cloth.
(Reminder)
When you use the super grill tray unit for the first time, there may be an odor from the heating
element (ferrite rubber) after cooking food, but this does not affect the cooking of the food.
The odor will gradually go away with use of the oven.
Super grill tray unit: Low
Super grill tray unit: High
The surface of the super grill tray unit is coated with fluorine.
A heating element (ferrite rubber) that absorbs microwaves and
generates heat is attached to the back surface.
How to Use Accessories
How to Use Accessories
How to Remove
How to Insert
Arrow
Turn the super grill tray unit upside down and
place it on top of a level surface. Where the leg is
attached to the tray near the arrow on the back
of the tray, 1 pull the leg towards you, and 2
collapse it towards the center of the tray to fold
it. 3 Close the legs until they lightly touch the
super grill tray unit. (The legs will come in
contact with the convex part and become fixed.)
If you force the legs to fold, the area where the
legs are attached to the super grill tray unit may
be damaged. Also, be careful not to get your
hands caught between the legs and the tray.
Note: If food or the like is clogging
the area near where the leg is
Convex attached to the super grill tray unit,
area
use a toothpick or the like to remove
the obstruction.
Positions where accessories are set
How to Look at the
Illustrations of Accessories
Example of accessories used
When the ceramic tray and metal tray
are used.
Place the ceramic tray on the bottom of the oven cavity,
and the metal tray on the middle rack.
Conditions of water tank
Metal Tray Middle
Ceramic Tray
Water Tank
Empty
Insert the water tank into the main unit without filling it
with water.
(Full means that the water tank must be filled with
water and then inserted into the main unit.)
In Auto Cooking, the microwave oven output, oven/grill temperature, and time are all automatically controlled,
P. E-18 .
and so the accessories listed on
P. E-16, E17 are used rather than those listed for Manual Cooking
Use the ceramic tray
Use the metal tray
Use the super grill tray unit
Use the super grill tray unit
Fill the water tank
with water
Full
Do not use the ceramic tray
Do not use the metal tray Do not use the super grill tray unit
Do not use the super grill tray unit
Keep the water tank
empty
Empty
E-15
How to Use Accessories (Continued)
Accessories Used in Auto Cooking
Reference page
Procedure How to use/tips Ceramic tray
Use of accessories
Metal tray
Super grill tray unit
Menu category
Water tank
Reference page
Procedure How to use/tips Ceramic tray
Use of accessories
Metal tray
Super grill tray unit
Water tank
Super grill tray unit: High
1 Reheat
P. E-24, 26
P. E-25
19 Healthy Fried Shrimp
P. E-37
P. E-69
(Legs open)
Full
Empty
P. E-28
P. E-29
3 Steam Reheat
P. E-28
P. E-30
4 Frozen (L) & Chilled (R)
P. E-27
P. E-27
5 Milk
P. E-28
P. E-30
6 Defrost
P. E-34
P. E-35
7 Leafy Vegetables
P. E-36
P. E-36
8 Root Vegetables
P. E-36
P. E-36
9 Crispy Cooking
(Chilled)
P. E-28
P. E-30
10 Crispy Cooking
(Frozen)
P. E-28
P. E-30
11 Chawanmushi
P. E-37
P. E-73
12 Steamed Whitefish
P. E-37
P. E-71
13 Baked Potato
P. E-37
P. E-72
14 Chinjao Rosu
P. E-37
P. E-70
15 Steak
P. E-39
P. E-64
16 Gratin/Lasagna
P. E-37
P. E-65
Full
Empty
Full
Auto Cooking
2 Defrost & Reheat
P. E-37
P. E-74
21 Quick Bread
P. E-37
P. E-84
22 French Bread
P. E-39
P. E-85
23 Crispy Pizza
P. E-39
P. E-87
24 Cake
P. E-37
P. E-89
25 Two Level Cooking
(Meat & Vegetables)
P. E-37
P. E-80
26 Homemade Foods
P. E-37
P. E-76–E-78
27 Cleaning
P. E-53
28 Deodorizing
P. E-5
29 Hamburg Steak
P. E-37, E-38
P. E-64
30 Grilled Chicken
with Herbs
P. E-37, E-38
P. E-66
31 Chicken Teriyaki
P. E-37, E-38
P. E-66
32 Fried Chicken
P. E-37, E-38
P. E-69
33 Rice
P. E-31–E-33
P. E-25
34 Frozen Rice
P. E-31–E-33
P. E-29
35 Soup
P. E-31–E-33
P. E-25
36 Milk
P. E-31–E-33
P. E-30
Empty
Full
Super grill tray unit: High
Empty
Empty
Super grill tray unit: High
(Legs open)
Full
Full
Full
(Legs open)
Full
Super grill tray unit: Low
Full
P. E-37
P. E-67
18 Roast Chicken
P. E-39
P. E-67
Full
Super grill tray unit: High
Empty
(Legs open)
Empty
Full
My Menu
17 Yakitori
(Legs closed)
Standard Cooking/Healthy Cooking
Auto Cooking
20 Cabbage Rolls
How to Use Accessories
How to Use Accessories
Menu category
Empty
Standard Healthy
Super grill tray unit: High
Empty
Full
(Legs open)
Empty
Super grill tray unit: Low
E-16
(Legs closed)
Full
E-17
Accessories Used in Manual Cooking
Heating Method
Use of Accessories
Ceramic Tray
Metal Tray
How to Remove
Super Grill Tray Unit
Water Tank
Cannot be used.
Microwave
Empty
Place on the bottom
of the oven cavity.
Will cause sparks in
the area between
the metal tray and tray
rack, resulting in damage.
Will cause sparks in the area
where the leg is attached to
the super grill tray unit; there
is a risk that the legs may
become fused.
Can be used.
Super grill tray unit: High
Grill
Legs open
Full
Empty
Do not fill with water.
Insert the empty
water tank into
the main unit.
Fill the water tank
with water until it is
full, and insert it
into the main unit.
Do not fill with water.
Insert the empty
water tank into
the main unit.
Grill Heating
Can be used.
Steam
Grill
Superheated
Grill
When you use
the super grill tray,
Steam Grill , or
Superheated Steam Grill ,
place it on the bottom
of the oven cavity.
Super grill tray unit: Low
When you use the
metal tray with Grill ,
remove the ceramic tray.
Legs closed
Full
Because the legs are at
a low height, food cannot
be heated well.
(Will result in deformation and damage)
● Do not fill the water tank with anything
other than water.
Drip tray
How to remove the water tank cover
Lightly grasp the body of the water tank, but make
sure you do not touch the pipe area.
Empty
Oven Heating
Superheated
Oven
Place on the bottom
of the oven cavity.
Using your fingers, push up the left side of the brim,
lift up the entire left side, and remove the cover.
Brim
(left side)
Pipe area
(protrusion)
Do not fill with water.
Insert the empty
water tank into
the main unit.
Upper cover
(Will result in burns)
When steam and superheated steam are used
in conjunction with the oven or grill, be careful:
the water that remains in the water tank will be hot.
Reminder
Water tank
● Do not use the water tank in environments at or
below 5°C.
(Steam and superheated steam cooking will not cook
food well.)
Full
Fill the water tank
with water until it is
full, and insert into
the main unit.
• When you use the metal tray for oven heating ( oven ) and grill heating ( grill ), remove the ceramic tray.
If the ceramic tray is not removed, food cannot be cooked well, because the ceramic tray absorbs heat.
How to Fill With Water
Turn the water outlet cover
to the left.
● For the water, use distilled water or soft mineral
water. When you use the following types of water,
wash the water tank every time you use it, as it is
easy for mold and bacteria to develop.
Keep the water tank horizontally
level, and fill it with water to the
full line.
Align the water outlet cover with
the h symbol, and secure and close the cover.
• When the water tank is tilted, water may spill.
When you handle the water tank,
be sure to keep it level.
Insert into the Main Unit
Hold the water tank horizontally level, insert it into the main unit, and
push it in securely towards the back.
• If the water tank is not inserted securely, water may leak or there may not be enough
steam.
• Check that the drip trays are inserted all the way to the back, and push the water tank
in so that it is in about the same position as the drip trays on either side
P. E-52 .
E-18
(The water turns into water vapor and directly
contacts food. For sanitary purposes, use fresh water.)
Using your fingers, push up right side of the brim of
the cover, and lift up the entire right side.
Can be used.
The plastic portion will become
high in temperature, which may
result in deformation. However,
the super grill tray unit can be
used in additional heating in
Auto Cooking as described
in this manual.
(Will result in health concerns)
● Fill the water tank with fresh water for
each use.
Brim
(right side)
Cannot be used.
Steam
Oven
(Filling the water tank with alcohol and the like may
result in ignition.)
Water outlet cover
Cannot be used.
Oven
Fill the water tank
with water until it is
full, and insert into
the main unit.
CAUTION
Remove from
the main unit
Grasp the water tank with
your fingers as shown,
and pull it out horizontally.
How to Use Accessories
Microwave Heating
How to Use Accessories
Cannot be used.
Steam
Microwave
How to Use the Water Tank
• Tap water
• Ionized alkaline water
• Mineral water • Well water
● After steam cooking is complete, clean the water
P. E-53
tank and drain the water from the pipe.
If it is used without being cleaned, mold and
P. E-52
bacteria will reproduce easily.
● When you use steam and superheated steam, fill
the water tank with water up to the full line, and
securely insert the water tank into the main unit.
When the amount of water becomes low, or the
water tank is inserted only halfway, Refill Water is
displayed, the steam stops, and the food is not
P. E-59
cooked well.
● When you are not using the water tank, leave it
empty and installed in the main unit.
E-19
Useable and Unusable Containers
(Only use utensils that are suitable for use in microwave ovens.)
Heat-resistant
plastic containers
Made of polypropylene
and the like
Microwave Oven
Oven / Grill
E-20
Other plastic
containers
Use plastic containers
with an upper
temperature limit of
140°C or higher, that
are indicated as being
microwave-safe.
However, with foods
containing sugar, butter,
and oil, which become
high in temperature,
plastic containers
become deformed and
cannot be used.
However, containers
indicated as being grillsafe or oven-safe can
be used.
Containers with an upper
temperature limit of
140°C or lower
(polyurethane, styrol
resin, and the like), and
containers that have a
high upper temperature
limit but whose
properties are
transformed on exposure
to microwaves
(melamine, phenol, urea
resin, aluminum, and the
like), cannot be used.
However, polystyrene
foam trays can be used,
but only for 6 Defrost .
Unusable.
Ceramics/Porcelain
Heat-resistant
ceramics/porcelain
Ordinary
ceramic/porcelain
Cocottes, gratin dishes,
and the like
Bowls, plates,
and the like
Use containers that
are indicated as
being microwavesafe.
Use containers that
are indicated as
being oven-safe.
However, with bowls and the
like having overglaze enamel
decorations, patterns of
cracks in the glaze, or
gold/silver designs, the dish
may be damaged or it may
cause sparks, and these kinds
of containers cannot be used.
In addition, bowls, dishes, and
the like, such as unglazed
ceramics, that have a high
water absorption rate, and
ceramics/porcelain that have
been immersed in water for a
long period of time, may
become hot, and must be
handled with care.
Do not make any mistakes selecting microwave heating, oven heating, or grill heating. If you make a mistake
in your selection, the food or container may give off smoke or ignite. Before you start heating, check the type
of heating selected.
For plastics, refer to the upper temperature limit label.
Do not use any containers for which the materials or upper temperature limit is unclear.
Glass containers
Heat-resistant Non-heat-resistant
glass containers glass containers
Others
Plastic Wrap
Metal containers,
metal skewers,
aluminum foil,
and the like
Bamboo, wood, wicker,
or paper containers,
or varnished and
lacquered containers
and the like.
Use containers that
are indicated as
being microwavesafe.
Plastic wrap with an
upper temperature limit of
140°C or higher can be
used.
Cannot be used, as
they reflect microwaves.
However, glass
containers may
break if cooled
rapidly after
heating.
However, with foods
containing oil, butter, and
sugar, which become high
in temperature, plastic
wrap may melt and
cannot be used.
After oven/grill heating, be
careful: the oven cavity is
hot and may cause plastic
wrap to melt.
Use containers that are
indicated as being
microwave-safe.
Cannot be used, as
such containers
may burn, peel, or
crack.
In particular,
containers and the
like that contain
wires are easily
flammable.
Tempered glass
Crystal glass
Cut glass and the like
Use containers that
are indicated as
being oven-safe.
However, glass
containers may
break if cooled
rapidly after
heating.
However, plastic
wrap can be used
for leavening.
However, aluminum foil
can be used in part, for
example by making use
of the fact that it reflects
microwaves to cover
areas that are
overheated.
Be careful when you do
this, because there will
be sparks if aluminum
foil touches the oven
cavity walls or glass
door, which may result
in damage and
malfunctions.
Use containers that are
indicated as being
oven-safe.
However, containers
and the like with plastic
handles cannot be
used.
Useable and Unusable Containers
Useable and Unusable Containers
Plastic Containers
Useable.
Uses of bamboo
skewers,
toothpicks, and
paper are limited to
the methods listed
in the Recipes
section.
However,
parchment paper
and paper products
that have
undergone heatresistance
processing can be
used.
E-21
Tips for Using the Oven Efficiently
Amount of Food and Size/Weight of Containers
Amount of food
(HI)
(M-HI)
(MED)
The food should fill about
70–80% of the container.
With Manual Cooking
With Auto Cooking
or Manual Cooking
The weight of the container should be
about the same as the amount of food.
Checking Doneness During Cooking
As much as possible, avoid opening and
closing the door during cooking. If you open
and close the door, try to take a short time.
Auto Cooking
• So as not to lower the temperature.
Take a short time opening
and closing the door.
Check from
outside the door.
• When the door is opened, cooking is suspended.
Additional Heating After Auto Cooking
Manual Cooking
For the amounts of food and
appropriate containers, refer to
the relevant pages in this manual.
Perform additional heating using Manual Cooking, and keep an eye on
the food as it cooks.
Completion of
Auto Cooking
Where to Place the Food
Place the food in a central position
In the following cases:
When you want to heat a little more.
When you want to grill a little more.
Use Manual Cooking
for additionally
heating food, and
keep an eye on the
food as it cooks.
Removing Food (Containers) and Accessories After Cooking
After cooking is complete, take the food out of the oven as soon as possible.
(Microwave heating)
(Oven heating)
Reheating Two or More Pieces of Food at the Same Time
When reheating two or more
pieces of the same kind of
food at the same time using
Auto Cooking, make the
amount of food and the
size/weight of the containers
approximately the same.
Leave some space between side dishes, and place beverages
together toward the center.
When reheating two pieces of food of a different storage temperature or two different types of food using Auto Cooking:
• When reheating two pieces of room-temperature food, one piece of room-temperature food and one piece of chilled food,
or two pieces of chilled food at the same time, 1 Reheat
P. E-26
• When reheating one piece of frozen food and one piece of chilled food at the same time, 4 Frozen (L) & Chilled (R)
P. E-27
• For foods other than those listed above, reheat using Manual Cooking and keep an eye on the food as it cooks.
P. E-40—E-41
(
Will result in
burns
(
During cooking and after cooking
is complete, the food, container,
and various parts of the oven
such as the accessories, oven
cavity, door, and so on may be
hot. Be careful when you take the
food and the like out of the oven.
Tips for Using the Oven Efficiently
Tips for Using the Oven Efficiently
For Auto Cooking and Manual Cooking,
use the amounts of food and
containers described in this manual.
CAUTION
E-22
• Depending on the menu option, you can
adjust the doneness to one of five levels
(HI, M-HI, MED, M-LO, or LO) or to one
of three levels (HI, MED, or LO).
• For 5 Milk and 33 Rice to 36 Milk when a container has been registered, the previous doneness settings are registered.
Reheat
Cook
Mark
(M-LO)
100 g–900 g
Doneness Adjustment (adjustment of
reheating and cooking doneness) is
automatically set to MED but you can adjust
it as you prefer.
To adjust, press
while the doneness lamp
is lit, and set the mark to the desired position.
(LO)
Less than 100 g
Size/weight of containers
Adjusting Doneness in Auto Cooking
• The doneness may change due to residual heat.
Remove after you hear the
cooking completion sound.
To make sure you do not forget to remove
the food, three beeps will sound every
minute from the time when cooking is
completed until the door is opened.
• After using oven and grill cooking, when you remove the
ceramic tray and metal tray, hold onto the middle section
with both hands using a thick, dry dishcloth or oven mitts.
(When you remove the super grill tray unit, remove the
entire ceramic tray.)
Switching the Completion Sound (Melody)
The completion sound
(melody) can be
changed to a buzzer
sound or no sound.
Open and close the door to display
0 in the display area.
Press
To switch between the melody sound and buzzer sound. The buzzer beeps and 0 is
Press
for three seconds. shown in the display area
when the switch is complete.
To switch to no sound from the buzzer sound or melody sound.
Press
• To switch to the melody sound from no sound, press
for three seconds.
and then press
or
for three seconds.
• When the sound is turned off, the removal reminder sound and operation sounds are silent.
E-23
Auto Cooking (Reheat)
Foods That Can Be Reheated, and How to Reheat Them Skillfully
Reheating Rice and Side Dishes
1 Reheat
Reheats room-temperature food and chilled food.
Beverages (milk, coffee, soy milk, tea, water, and the like) are heated using
P. E-28 or My Menu 36 Milk .
P. E-31–E-33
5 Milk
P. E-28–E-29
Frozen foods (home freezing) are reheated using 2 Defrost & Reheat .
Auto Cooking
With store-bought side dishes or home-cooked food, try to make the weight of the food and the weight of the container about the same.
This symbol indicates that
The maximum amount of food that can be reheated at a single time is approximately 100–1,800 g (food and container combined).
the food should be covered
The temperature of the food should be approximately 20°C for room-temperature food, and 0-10°C for chilled food.
with plastic wrap.
P. E-32
The optimum amount of food that can be reheated using My Menu is one serving.
Accessory Used
Reheat room-temperature and chilled food
Auto Cooking 1 Reheat
Press once
Ceramic Tray
Water Tank
Empty
Rice
Rice
Note
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Place the container or plate of food in the
center of the ceramic tray, and close the
door.
Fried Rice / Pilaf
Heating method
Accessory used
Menu number
(Room temperature and chilled foods)
● The menu number is displayed,
and heating starts automatically.
Doneness
Weight/heating time being calculated
Spaghetti / Yakisoba (Japanese style fried noodles)
Place on a dish. Mix after heating.
For chilled noodles, heat with the doneness adjustment at M-HI .
Grilled Fish
Cover, as the food may spatter.
For chilled fish, heat with the doneness adjustment at M-HI .
Hamburg Steak
Cover with sauce after heating, as the sauce may spatter. For chilled steaks, heat with the doneness adjustment at M-HI .
Auto Cooking
1 Reheat
to start.
Grilled Food
Auto Cooking
Press
Heat with the doneness adjustment at M-LO .
For chilled rice, heat with the doneness adjustment at M-LO or MED .
Mix after heating.
Noodles
Preparation
1 Reheat
Skewered Chicken / Grilled Meat
Arrange on a dish. Heat after coating with sauce. For chilled meat, heat with the doneness adjustment at M-HI .
P. E-28–E-29
To adjust doneness
Remaining heating time: differs depending on the food
(Adjust before the heating time is displayed.)
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
Doneness
Reminder
(HI)
(M-HI)
(MED)
P. E-25, E-28–E-29
P. E-40–E-41
Cannot be reheated using 1 Reheat , 2 Defrost & Reheat , or 3 Steam Reheat .
Less than 100g
E-24
• Transfer to a separate
container.
• Transfer to a
separate container.
Steamed
Soups
Food (Thicker Liquids)
Reheat the following foods using Manual Cooking and keep an eye on the food as it cooks
(M-LO)
● When reheating rice, use 1 Reheat and M-LO to adjust doneness. When defrosting and reheating frozen rice, heat using 2 Defrost & Reheat .
Mark
(LO)
Press 1 Reheat within about 10 minutes after you close
the door (while 0 is shown in the display area).
Reheating will not start if more than about 10 minutes
pass after you open and close the door.
Open and close the door and press 1 Reheat .
Doneness is automatically set to
MED (Standard). To adjust doneness,
press
while the doneness
lamp is lit, and set the mark to the
desired position.
Deep- Sautéed
Boiled Food
Fried Food Food
Note: To reheat frozen foods, turn
, and
select menu number 2 2 Defrost & Reheat.
Deep-Fried Food / Croquettes
Arrange on a dish. Cover shrimp and squid, as they may spatter.
When reheating a small amount of food, set the doneness adjustment to M-LO or LO .
Sautéed Vegetables / Sweet and Sour Pork / Chop Suey
Place in a container. If sautéed vegetables are dry, add butter or salad oil.
Mix after heating. For chilled foods, heat with the doneness adjustment at M-HI .
Boiled Vegetables
Place in a container, and cover with broth.
For chilled vegetables, heat with the doneness adjustment at M-HI .
Boiled Fish
Place in a container, and cover with broth. As the flesh of boiled fish
may spatter, use a deep dish and cover with plastic wrap.
For chilled fish, heat with the doneness adjustment at M-HI .
Steamed Meat Dumplings
Arrange on a plate, leaving some space between individual portions.
Sprinkle some water over the dumplings and heat. If the dumplings are on the dry side,
briefly immerse them in water. For chilled dumplings, heat with the doneness adjustment at M-HI .
Curry / Stew
As shrimp, squid, and whole mushrooms may spatter, cover their container
with plastic wrap. Mix after heating. (Remove whole mushrooms before heating,
and add them in afterwards.) Set the doneness adjustment to M-HI or HI .
• Reheat soup using 35 Soup . Use a ceramic or heat-resistant container.
P. E-20–E-21 Lacquered or non-heat-resistant containers cannot be used.
E-25
Auto Cooking (Reheat)
Reheating Two Different Types of Foods (Such as Rice and 1 Reheat
Side Dishes) Stored at Room Temperature or Chilled at the Same Time
Foods that are frozen and stored (home-frozen) cannot be heated at the same time
as room-temperature food. (The frozen food will not be reheated well.)
Note
Preparation
Accessory Used
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Place the two items on top of the ceramic
tray, leaving some space between them.
Close the door.
Ceramic Tray
Reheating Two Types of Foods (Such as Frozen Rice and 4 Frozen (L) & Chilled (R)
Side Dishes) Stored at Different Temperatures (Chilled or Frozen) at the Same Time
Foods stored at room temperature cannot be reheated at the same time as frozen foods.
(The food stored at room temperature will become too hot.)
Accessory Used
Water Tank
Empty
Ceramic Tray
Heating method
Press
1 Reheat
Accessory used
to start.
(Room temperature and chilled foods)
● The menu number is displayed,
and heating starts automatically.
Doneness
Note
Preparation
P. E-24
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
(Adjust before the heating time is displayed.)
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Place the food on the ceramic plate so that
the frozen food is on the left side and the
chilled food is on the right side, leaving some
space between them. Close the door.
Heating method
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
Menu number
Accessory used
Turn
Doneness
and select menu option number .
Tips for Reheating Two Different Kinds of Food (Chilled or at Room Temperature)
● To cook the food skillfully
Chilled food or room-temperature food.
● Amount of food
• A one-dish portion of food is approximately 100-300 g.
• Make the quantities of food in each of the two portions
approximately the same.
As a rough target, the amount of food in one portion should
be about 0.7–1.3 times that of the other portion.
(Example: 150 g rice and a 100-200 g side dish.)
(Auto Cooking cannot be used for amounts of food in ratios
other than the one described above. Heat using Manual
Cooking and keep an eye on the food as it cooks.)
● Size of containers
Use a container of a size and weight that is appropriate
for the quantity of food.
Use containers that are approximately the same size and
weight for both containers of food.
Depending on the type of food, it may be necessary to
cover the food with plastic wrap or the like in order to
prevent the food from spattering or to heat the food to an
appropriate temperature.
• Foods with sauce, broth, or soup.
• Foods with a certain thickness such as curry, stew, and
so on.
• Foods containing a high fat content such as cream,
butter, and so on.
When the food surface tends to be dry, or when you
want to make the food soft, sprinkle or spray some water
onto the food.
For curry, stews, and sautéed vegetables, mix well after
heating.
Depending on the type of food, use an appropriate
doneness adjustment.
P. E-25
Food Will Not Heat Well in the Following Cases
● Frozen foods
Reheat each dish using 2 Defrost & Reheat .
P. E-28–E-29
● Examples of combinations that are not suitable
for heating at the same time:
• Food with a high salt content and food with a high sugar content.
(Example: Soup stock and coffee with sugar.)
• Food with a high water content and food with a low water content.
(Example: Stew and bread.)
Heat using Manual Cooking and keep an eye on the food as it cooks.
P. E-40–E-41
● Beverages such as milk and coffee cannot be heated at
the same time as another type of beverage.
Reheat the same types of beverages using 5 Milk .
To adjust doneness
Press
P. E-23
Heat using Manual Cooking and keep an eye on the food
as it cooks.
P. E-40–E-41
Weight/heating time being calculated
to start.
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
Tips for Auto Cooking
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
4 Frozen (L) & Chilled (R)
● Where to place the food (the positions are predetermined): ● Size of containers
P. E-26
Left: Frozen food Right: Chilled food
P. E-26
● To cook the food skillfully
● It is not possible to simultaneously reheat
foods that cannot be reheated using Auto
P. E-24
Cook.
Heat using Manual Cooking and keep an eye on the
P. E-40–E-41
food as it cooks.
P. E-28
● Foods that cannot be reheated using Auto Cooking
cannot be reheated at the same time.
P. E-26
Auto Cooking
Auto Cooking
To adjust doneness
Weight/heating time being calculated
● Foods that can be reheated
E-26
Water Tank
Empty
Menu number
Left: Frozen food Right: Chilled food
P. E-26
● Amount of food
● Foods that can be heated
Chilled foods, precooked frozen grilled foods such as
hamburg steaks and deep-fried foods can be heated.
● Beverages such as milk or coffee cannot
be heated at the same time as another type
of beverage.
Reheat the same types of beverages using 5 Milk .
P. E-28
When the food surface tends to be dry, or when you want to make
the food soft, sprinkle or spray some water onto the food.
For curry, stews, and sautéed vegetables, mix well after heating.
E-27
Auto Cooking (Reheat)
Foods That Can Be Reheated, and How to Reheat Them Skillfully
Defrost & Reheat, Steam Reheat, Beverages, Crispy Cooking
Auto Cooking 2 Defrost & Reheat
With store-bought side dishes or home-cooked food, try to make the weight of the food and the weight of the container about the same.
This symbol indicates that
The maximum amount of food that can be reheated at a single time is approximately 100–1,800 g (food and container combined).
the food should be covered
The temperature of the food should be approximately –18°C for frozen food.
with plastic wrap.
■ Reheat frozen rice and frozen side dishes. 2 Defrost & Reheat
■ Reheat rice and side dishes by enveloping them in steam, for fluffy rice and tender foods. 3 Steam Reheat
■ Reheat beverages such as milk, coffee, tea, soy milk, and water. 5 Milk
Defrost and reheat frozen food
■ Reheat store-bought chilled foods and frozen side dishes. 9 Crispy Cooking (Chilled) 10 Crispy Cooking (Frozen)
Auto Cooking 2 Defrost & Reheat
Frozen Rice
Rice
Accessory Used
Accessory Used
Accessory Used
Preparation Place the food and the appropriate
Ceramic Tray
Ceramic Tray
Super Grill Tray Unit High
Ceramic Tray
Water Tank
Water Tank
Water Tank
Empty
Full
Full
2 Defrost & Reheat
3 Steam Reheat
5 Milk
Turn
9 Crispy Cooking (Chilled)
10 Crispy Cooking (Frozen)
Example: 3 Steam Reheat
and select menu number .
Heating method
Grilled Food
accessory in the oven, and close the door.
When using the Steam menu option, fill the
water tank with water up to the full line.
Frozen Spaghetti / Yakisoba (Japanese style fried noodles)
Place on a dish. Mix after heating.
Frozen Hamburg Steak
Auto Cooking
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Noodles
Auto Cooking
Note
Place a square-shaped block of rice on a flat dish.
When reheating two or more blocks of rice, make them about the
same quantity and place them in the middle.
Frozen Fried Rice / Pilaf
Break apart and place on a plate. Mix after heating.
Place on a dish. Turn over after heating,
and let it stand for a short time.
Menu number
P. E-23
• For 5 Milk, the doneness adjustment setting
is stored in memory.
Doneness
Weight/heating time being calculated
Sautéed
Food
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
Steamed
Food
Press
Accessory used
to start.
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
• After using Steam, wipe the water droplets from the
oven cavity and door after the oven has cooled down.
P. E-52
E-28
Divide the food into single servings (200-300
g), and form a flat block about two to three
centimeters thick. Make sure that no areas
become excessively thin.
Thickness of two to
three centimeters
Divide rice into individual servings (about 150 g) and curry
into servings of 100–300 g each. Arrange them so that they
are thin (thickness of two to three centimeters) and flat.
(For foods such as whole mushrooms that readily spatter
when heated, cut them in half beforehand.)
Soups
● Rice, curry and so on
(Thicker Liquids)
Tips for Freezing Foods Skillfully
● Use fresh ingredients
DeepFried Food
To adjust doneness
Deep-Fried Food / Croquettes
Arrange on a dish. Set the doneness adjustment to M-LO or LO .
If you are concerned about oil, remove the oil using paper towels after heating.
Frozen Chop Suey / Meatballs
Place in a container. Mix after heating.
Frozen Steamed Meat Dumplings
Briefly immerse the dumplings in water.
Remove the plastic wrap immediately after heating.
Frozen Curry / Stew
Place in a container, and cover the container.
When you use plastic wrap instead of a lid, cover the container loosely.
Set the doneness adjustment to M-HI or HI. After heating,
break apart the chunky parts and mix the food.
E-29
How to Reheat Food Skillfully Using Steam
● Foods that can be reheated
Rice,steamed meat dumplings,Yakisoba (Japanese style fried noodles), and
so on stored at room temperature or chilled.
● Do not cover the food, for example with plastic wrap
Food is reheated using steam to become moist and
soft, and to prevent it from drying out.
● Amount of food that can be reheated at one time:
Rice
Steamed meat dumplings,
Yakisoba (Japanese style fried noodles)
1–4 servings (150–600 g)
100–500 g
● Types of containers
Use ceramic or heat-resistant glass containers.
● Chilled foods
Heat with the doneness adjustment at M-HI .
● Precooked frozen food cannot be heated skillfully.
Use 2 Defrost & Reheat
Chilled milk and room temperature coffee, tea, water, and so on.
● Amount (1–4 cups) that can be heated at one time:
Use 2 Defrost & Reheat
200–800 ml
150–600 ml
180–720 ml
180–720 ml
● When reheating two or more beverages at the same time:
Place the beverages in the middle
of the ceramic tray.
Two servings (approximately 200 g) to six servings
(approximately 600 g).
(Other amounts cannot be heated using Auto Cooking.)
● Food weighing less than 200 g cannot be heated
● When removing the food
Use a thick, dry dishcloth or a commercially available oven
mitt to remove the super grill tray unit and ceramic tray while
the food is still on top. You can also use kitchen chopsticks to
directly remove the food from the oven.
● The weight sensor is functioning: do not use ceramic dishes
or heat-resistant dishes. Use the super grill tray unit.
My Menu is a function for measuring the net weight of food, registering heating preferences you specify, and heating food so that it is cooked the way you like it,
even if the amount of food changes. To weigh the net amount of food, you need to register the container you use. Follow the procedure below to register containers.
P. E-28–E-29
Auto Cooking
How to Register a Container
Accessory Used
5 Milk
● Types of containers and how to fill them with beverages
Use a mug or drinking cup as a container, and fill it with the
beverage until it is 70–80% full. If you heat
a small amount, for example, when it is
less than half full, the beverage may
suddenly heat and spatter even after you
remove it from the oven cavity. As this
may result in burns, reheat using Manual
Cooking.
P. E-40, E-51
● You cannot heat milk in glass
milk bottles.
● Use fresh milk that has just been
taken out of the refrigerator.
Auto Cooking 9 Crispy Cooking (Chilled)
Auto Cooking 10 Crispy Cooking (Frozen)
Ceramic Tray
Note
Preparation
Heat chilled foods, precooked frozen grilled foods such as hamburg
steaks and fried foods. For small portions
weighing less than 100 g, place the food on the metal tray, either
directly on top of the tray or on an oven sheet. Place the metal tray
on the middle rack, and heat using Oven and Preheat No at 210°C
and keep an eye on the food as it cooks.
CAUTION
(Will result in fire)
● Do not place aluminum foil on the Ceramic Tray or
Super Grill Tray Unit. (Will result in sparks.)
● Be careful, as heating small amounts of food using
9 Crispy Cooking (Chilled) and 10 Crispy Cooking (Frozen)
may cause the food to be burned.
If you want to heat portions of food each weighing less than 200 g, increase
the quantity of food to make the total approximately 200 g or more.
Water Tank
Empty
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Place an empty container that you want to
register in the center of the ceramic tray,
and close the door.
Example: Register a container to use for 33 Rice
as container number .
Heating method
Press
Accessory used
.
The container sensing lamp blinks.
Turn
. Select menu number
and container number
• A border around the selected container number
● Choose one of these options depending on the type of food. ● Heated foods
● Amount of food that can be heated at one time:
Reheat Rice, Soup, and Beverages Using My Menu
● For foods that cannot be heated using 3 Steam Reheat
P. E-24 , reheat using Manual Cooking (microwave heating)
P. E-40–E-41
and keep an eye on the food as it cooks.
How to Reheat Store-Bought Chilled Food and Frozen Side Dishes
Use 9 Crispy Cooking (Chilled) to heat chilled food and cooked food
stored at room temperature. Use 10 Crispy Cooking (Frozen) to heat
precooked frozen food.
P. E-99
Auto Cooking (Reheat)
Press
My Menu
Auto Cooking
Milk (chilled)
Coffee
Tea
Water
P. E-28–E-29
● Frozen rice and frozen side dishes cannot be heated skillfully.
How to Reheat Beverages Skillfully
● Beverages that can be reheated
Auto Cooking 3 Steam Reheat
lights up.
Menu number Container number
to register.
A beep sounds after about six seconds.
A mark indicating that the container has been registered
is displayed below the container number.
The display changes to 0 after about 15 seconds, and
registration is complete.
■ When you want to reheat food immediately afterwards, using the
registered setting.
After container sensing, press
before 0 is shown in the display
area. Put food in the registered container, place the container
in the center of the ceramic tray, close the door, and press
.
Container weight being calculated
Mark indicating that the container has been registered
After about 15 seconds, 0 is displayed.
Menu Options With Container Registration and the Number of Containers That Can Be Registered
● For each of the four menu options from 33 Rice to 36 Milk , one type of container each can be registered for container numbers 1–4, so you can
register a total of 16 types of containers.
● When you use the same menu number and container number to register a different container, the previously registered information is cleared.
● Containers remain recorded even if the power plug is pulled out or if there is a power outage.
● You can clear all the information registered in 33 Rice to 36 Milk by pressing
for three seconds when 0 is shown in the display area. When the buzzer beeps
and
is shown in the display area, all the previously registered information is deleted. It is not possible to clear registered information individually on a menu-by-menu basis.
■ Reheating without container sensing
(1) Fill a container with food and place it in the center of the ceramic tray. Close the door.
(2) Press
, turn
to select the menu option, and press
to start.
• When you select a menu option that has no registered containers, the heating time is calculated based on a preset standard container weight.
• When you select a menu option that has a registered container, the heating time is calculated based on the registered container weight.
E-30
E-31
Auto Cooking (Reheat)
Using a Registered Container to Reheat
• A single serving for a single container number is an appropriate amount of food.
Accessory Used
Reheat Without Registering the Container Weight
You can reheat rice, beverages, and so on to your preferred doneness by sensing the weight of container you are going to use, but without registering it.
Ceramic Tray
Note
Preparation
Note
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Accessory Used
Water Tank
Empty
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Place the registered container in the center
of the ceramic tray, and close the door.
Press
Example: Reheat using 33 Rice , with a plate registered
as container number .
Heating method
Ceramic Tray
Water Tank
Empty
Menu number
.
Accessory used
Registered container
Preparation Place the empty container in the center of
the ceramic tray, and close the door.
Example: Reheat using 33 Rice , with a container
that is not registered.
Menu number
Weight/heating time being calculated
Turn
. Select menu number
Press
and container number .
.
Accessory used
To adjust doneness
My Menu
My Menu
Heating method
No registered container
P. E-23
Food weight display (rough target)
Turn
Press
, and select menu number
and Not Regd
.
to start.
Container weight being calculated
Rice calorie information is displayed
Doneness adjustment settings are registered.
Press
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
• For 33 Rice , the standard calories for white rice are calculated based on the weight
and then displayed. For 34 Frozen Rice to 36 Milk , calories are not displayed.
.
A beep sounds after about six seconds, indicating that
container sensing is complete.
Fill the weighed container with food, place it in the
center of the ceramic tray, and close the door.
How to Reheat Food Skillfully Using a Registered Container
Food Temperature Tips for Reheating
Menu Option
Food Weight
33 Rice
100–300 g
Room temperature
P. E-25
34 Frozen rice
100–300 g
Frozen
P. E-29
35 Soup
100–300 g
Room temperature
P. E-25
36 Milk
100–400 ml
Chilled
P. E-30
The weights indicated above represent a single serving.
•The standard for room temperature food is about 20°C;
the standard for chilled food is about 0°C–10°C; and the
standard for frozen food is about –18°C.
•Reheat chilled rice using 1 Reheat .
•Heat chilled soup and room-temperature milk using Manual
Cooking and keep an eye on the food or
beverage as it heats.
P. E-41, E-51
E-32
You can simultaneously register two containers of about the
same size, shape, and weight and use them at the same time.
●If the containers have different sizes and shapes,
this will result in uneven heating.
●Make sure that the food type and weight are the same.
●Food should weigh about double the amounts listed in
second column of the chart. However, for 36 Milk , make sure
the volume does not exceed 500 ml.
●Arrange the food around the center of the ceramic tray.
(Refer to the image on the right.)
●Depending on the type of food and
its weight, the doneness of the food
on the left may differ from the
doneness of the food on the right.
To adjust doneness
Press
P. E-23
to start.
Weight/heating time being calculated
Food weight display (approximate weight)
• If you are not registering the container, the doneness
adjustment settings are not registered.
Rice calorie information is displayed
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
You cannot simultaneously register three or more containers
and use them at the same time.
(Will result in uneven heating, and the food will not be heated well.)
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
E-33
Auto Cooking (Preparation)
Defrosting Meat and Fish
How to Defrost Foods Skillfully
6 Defrost
Auto Cooking 6 Defrost
● Foods that can be defrosted include hard, frozen meat and fish just taken out of the freezer.
Accessory Used
● From 100–1,000 g of food can be defrosted at one time.
• When the weight is too heavy, you will hear beeping sounds.
defrosted. Reduce the amount of food.
Ceramic Tray
Water Tank
Full
Note
is shown in the display area, and the food is not
● When food is placed on top of a polystyrene foam tray, remove any packaging such as plastic wrap,
and place the tray as-is in the center of the ceramic tray. If there is no polystyrene foam tray, place a
commercially-sold oven sheet or paper towel on the ceramic tray, and place the food on top.
• Do not use ceramic plates, heat resistant plates, or the like. The food will not defrost well.
• Do not use polystyrene foam trays for uses other than defrosting, as they will melt.
● Defrost only after the oven cavity and ceramic tray have cooled down sufficiently.
The power turns on when the door is opened.
• If you defrost food while the oven is hot, the tray may melt or the food may be excessively defrosted.
Preparation
Place the food to be defrosted in the
center of the ceramic tray, and close
the door. Fill the water tank with water.
● Fill the water tank with water.
• If you do not fill the water tank with water, or if there is not enough water, the food may be excessively defrosted.
Heating method
Menu number
Turn
Intended use after defrosting
, and select menu number .
Accessory used
To adjust doneness
Press
Doneness
P. E-23
Weight/heating time being calculated
to start.
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
Tips for Freezing Foods Skillfully
Remove the scales, gills, and internal organs of the fish. Wash it
in salt water and wipe off the water. Freeze each fish separately.
● Remove any decorations such as plastic leaves,
as well as absorbent pads and so on.
LO
When the food is done, the center is still
slightly frozen. The fish can be easily
cut with a knife, and will be ready to eat
when it reaches the table.
Flatten out thin slices of meat by
stretching them with your hands.
● Wrap food that is uneven in shape or thickness with aluminum foil before defrosting.
• Make sure that the aluminum foil does not touch the walls of the oven cavity or the door glass: there will be sparks,
and the ceramic tray and door glass may be damaged.
• After using steam, wipe the water droplets from the oven
cavity and door after the oven has cooled down.
P. E-52
● Use plastic wrap or the like to seal the food tightly.
● Fish preparation
Eating raw sashimi
after defrosting
Doneness adjustment
MED
Cooking meat or fish
Heat ground beef or chunks
after defrosting
of meat using M-HI
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
● Hot foods
Shape, width, thickness, type Area to wrap with aluminum foil
Width and thickness are uneven
Thin areas
Large frozen section
Side
Fish
Head and tail
In the following cases, defrost using Manual Cooking and keep an eye on the food while it is defrosting.
P. E-40
Freeze after the food has cooled down.
● Vegetables
Partially boil vegetables, so they are still firm. Drain any
excess water and divide them into single servings (100–
200 g). Bundle in plastic wrap or the like and freeze.
● Precooked frozen food
or frozen vegetables
The rough target for
defrosting is 4–5 minutes
per 200 g.
Heat using Microwave
200W.
200W
E-34
Auto Cooking
Auto Cooking
● After defrosting, let the food stand and defrost naturally.
● Adjust the doneness according to how you intend to use the food after defrosting it.
● When the amount of food is less than 100 g
● Foods that have been broken
Less than
up and frozen
100 g
● Foods that have not been
sufficiently defrosted
● Frozen foods –20°C or colder
● Foods that are starting to melt
Melted
portion
(When heating using Auto Cooking was insufficient.)
The standard temperature for frozen food is –18°C.
Heat using Microwave 200W.
100W
Heat using
Microwave
100W or
Microwave 100W
Microwave 200W
E-35
Auto Cooking (Preparation)
Heating Vegetables (Boiling)
Note
Preparation
Auto Cooking (Cooking)
7 Leafy Vegetables 8 Root Vegetables
Cooking with Preheat No Menu Options
Accessory Used
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Reference pages in the Recipes section:
Bundle the vegetables in plastic wrap.
Place the wrapped vegetables directly in
the center of the ceramic tray, and close
the door.
Ceramic Tray
Water Tank
Empty
Note
Example: 7 Leafy Vegetables
Turn
, align it with the vegetable
type, and select menu number
To adjust doneness
or
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Heating method
Menu number
.
P. E-23
Accessory used
Preparation
Place the accessory appropriate for the
menu option in the oven together with
the food, and close the door.
P. E-73
21 Quick Bread
P. E-84
12 Steamed Whitefish
P. E-71
24 Cake
P. E-89
Two Level Cooking
(Meat & Vegetables)
13 Baked Potato
P. E-72
25
14 Chinjao Rosu
P. E-70
26 Homemade Foods
P. E-76–E-78
16 Gratin/Lasagna
P. E-65
29 Hamburg Steak
P. E-64
Grilled Chicken
with Herbs
P. E-80–E-81
17 Yakitori
P. E-67
30
19 Healthy Fried Shrimp
P. E-69
31 Chicken Teriyaki
P. E-66
20 Cabbage Rolls
P. E-74
32 Fried Chicken
P. E-69
P. E-66
Doneness
and select the desired
menu number.
to start.
Example: 16 Gratin/Lasagna
Heating method
Menu number
Weight/heating time being calculated
To adjust doneness
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
P. E-23
Auto Cooking
Auto Cooking
Turn
Press
11 Chawanmushi
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
Accessory used
How to Heat Vegetables Skillfully
Auto Cooking 7 Leafy Vegetables 8 Root Vegetables
Press
Doneness
to start.
Do not dry the vegetables. Bundle them tightly with plastic wrap, place the wrapped vegetables directly in the center of the ceramic tray, and heat.
P. E-56
If you place the vegetables on a plate and then heat them, they will become overcooked.
From 100–500 g of 7 Leafy Vegetables and from 100–1,000 g of 8 Root Vegetables can be heated.
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
7 Leafy Vegetables
Fruit vegetables: Vegetables with edible fruit and seeds, such as eggplants and pumpkins.
Leafy vegetables: Vegetables with edible leaves, such as spinach, and so on.
Flower vegetables: Vegetables with edible flower petals and buds, such as cauliflower,
Root vegetables: Vegetables that have edible underground
root stalks and roots, such as potatoes,
sweet potatoes, and the like.
• After using steam, wipe the water droplets from the
oven cavity and door after the oven has cooled down.
P. E-52
broccoli, and so on.
● How to prepare the food
according to the cuisine
Make crosscut incisions in the thick stems
of leafy vegetables and fruit or flower
vegetables; vegetables that are clustered in
bunches should be broken up into smaller
clusters. Cut root vegetables into pieces of
the same size, and select vegetables that
are about the same size.
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
● How to remove astringency
according to the ingredients
Put spinach and the like in water
immediately after heating. Immerse
eggplants, cauliflower, and the like in lightly
salted water or vinegar water before heating
to remove astringency.
(Will result in fire)
E-36
■ For 29 Hamburg Steak to 32 Fried Chicken
You can select Standard cooking or Healthy cooking.
When you heat several whole potatoes or the like at the same time, arrange the potatoes in a ring and leave the center
empty, and wrap them with plastic wrap.
CAUTION
Weight/heating time being calculated
8 Root Vegetables
Heating using Auto Cooking is not possible for amounts of food less than 100 g.
Heat using Microwave 500W and keep an eye on the food
as it cooks.
P. E-40
● Do not wrap with paper products such as a cooking sheet.
● Standard cooking
Speedy cooking, which effectively uses multiple heating methods such as the microwave, oven, grill, and so on.
The operation procedure is as described above.
● Healthy cooking
Healthy cooking, using a large amount of superheated steam, which removes more fat than with Standard cooking.
After pressing the Healthy button, turn the dial to select the menu option.
P. E-38
E-37
Auto Cooking (Cooking)
Auto Cooking (Cooking)
Cooking with Preheat Yes Menu Options
Healthy
29 Hamburg Steak
30 Gril ed Chicken with Herbs
31 Chicken Teriyaki
32 Fried Chicken
Cooking with Preheat Yes Menu Options
Food is cooked by heating it with superheated steam, which is effective in removing fat.
Accessory Used
Super Grill Tray Unit High
Ceramic Tray
Preparation
Place the ceramic tray on the bottom of
the oven cavity, fill the water tank with
water, and close the door.
P. E-64
30 Gril ed Chicken with Herbs
P. E-66
31 Chicken Teriyaki
P. E-66
32 Fried Chicken
P. E-69
Note
Preparation
Accessory Used
Accessory Used
Super Grill Tray
Unit High
Ceramic Tray
Super Grill Tray
Unit Low
Ceramic Tray
Metal Tray Middle
Ceramic Tray
Metal Tray Top
Water Tank
Water Tank
Water Tank
Water Tank
Empty
Full
Full
Full
15 Steak
18 Roast Chicken
22 French Bread
23 Crispy Pizza
Heating method
The power turns on
when the door is opened.
Place the accessory appropriate for the menu option
in the oven, insert the water tank, and close the door.
Menu number
Turn
, and select the desired menu number.
To adjust doneness
Turn
P. E-64
Example: 29 Hamburg Steak
.
, and select the desired
menu number.
To adjust doneness
P. E-23
Doneness
When you hear the preheat completion sound,
place the accessory in the oven with the food
on it, and close the door.
Press
Weight/heating time being calculated
● For 23 Crispy Pizza , place the food on the metal tray, set them on the
top rack, and close the door.
● For 18 Roast Chicken and 22 French Bread , place the
empty ceramic tray on the bottom of the oven cavity
and close the door.
Example: 23 Crispy Pizza
Menu number
Accessory used
Doneness
Preheating
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
Calories after cooking
■During preheating, the oven lamp is turned off in
order to save power. If you want to check inside the
oven cavity during preheating, press
to light the
oven lamp for about five seconds.
Press
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
• After using steam, wipe the water droplets from the oven
P. E-52
cavity and door after the oven has cooled down.
Calories cut
E-38
● For 23 Crispy Pizza , remove the ceramic tray, set the
metal tray on the top rack, and close the door.
(For Steam, Microwave, and Leaven, place the
ceramic tray on the bottom of the oven cavity.)
● For 18 Roast Chicken , place the food on the super grill tray unit with the legs
closed, set the unit on the ceramic tray, and close the door.
Remaining heating time: Differs depending on the food
Refer to Removing Unwanted Smells (Deodorizing)
P. E-53 and use 28 Deodorizing to heat the oven.
● For 15 Stake, place the super grill tray unit with the
leg open on top of the ceramic tray, set them on
the bottom of the oven cavity, and close the door.
● For 22 French Bread , place the food on the metal tray, set the tray on the
middle rack, and close the door.
to start.
Grease buildup in the oven cavity after cooking
P. E-87
● For 15 Steak , remove the ceramic tray and super grill tray unit and place the
food on the super grill tray unit. Next, place the ceramic tray together with the
super grill tray unit on the bottom of the oven cavity, and close the door.
(preheating starts).
■During preheating, the oven lamp is turned off to
save power. If you want to check on the food in
the oven cavity during preheating, press
to light the oven lamp for about five seconds.
P. E-85
(preheating starts).
When you hear the preheat completion sound:
Press
P. E-67
Heating method
Press
P. E-23
23 Crispy Pizza
Auto Cooking
Auto Cooking
Press
29 Hamburg Steak
22 French Bread
Accessory Used
Full
The power turns on
when the door is opened.
18 Roast Chicken
Accessory Used
Water Tank
Note
15 Steak
• Calories after cooking refers to the calories in the food
after Healthy cooking.
• Calories cut refers to the difference in calories of fat in food
cooked using a conventional cooking device compared to
Healthy cooking (based on Hitachi’s research).
to start.
● For 15 Steak , when you hear the sound telling you to flip the food over, open
the door and remove the entire ceramic tray, together with the super grill tray
unit. After you turn the food over, replace the ceramic tray on the bottom of
the oven cavity, and close the door.
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
• After using steam, wipe the water droplets from the oven
P. E-52
cavity and door after the oven has cooled down.
CAUTION
When you insert and remove the
ceramic tray, metal tray, and super
grill tray unit, there may be a risk of
burns. Use a thick, dry dishcloth or
a commercially available oven mitt.
● After you remove the ceramic tray, metal tray,
or super grill tray unit, do not place them in a
location that is weak with respect to heat.
Place them on top of the open door.
● Be sure to keep the accessories out of the
reach of children and infants.
● Do not use damaged oven mitts or a wet cloth.
E-39
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Heating at a Constant Output (Wattage)
The operating method for 700W , 600W , 500W , 200W , and 100W will be explained here. Refer to
P. E-48
for the operating method for Steam Microwave Leaven .
How to Determine Heating Time
Cooking time differs depending on the type of food, even if the amount is the same.
Rough targets for heating times per 100 g of food using Microwave 700W
Accessory Used
Note
Preparation
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Water Tank
Do not use the
super grill tray unit
Place the container or plate with the
food in the center of the ceramic tray,
and close the door.
Empty
Leafy vegetables
Root vegetables
Fish and
seafood
Do not use the
metal tray
Example: Heat for one minute and 20 seconds using microwave 700W.
Meat
Starting raw Reheating
Food Type
Starting raw Reheating
Noodles
1 min.–1 min.
30 sec.
50 sec.–1 min.
1 min. 30 sec.
–1 min. 50 sec.
50 sec.–1 min.
1 min. 30 sec.
–1 min. 50 sec.
50 sec.–1 min.
50 sec.–1 min.
Soup
1 min. 30 sec.
–1 min.
and 50 sec.
(Soup and so on)
Beverages
1 min. 50 sec. 1 min.
–2 min. 20 sec. –1 min. 20 sec.
30–50 sec.
(Milk and so on)
Bread
20–40 sec.
Microwave wattage
Select and set Microwave and Output (W).
Rice
Cake
50 sec.
–1 min.
30–50 sec.
Accessory used
1
Press
2
Turn and select
3
Press and set
Weak heat
Turn and specify
5
Remaining heating time
Selection range for heating time
(Maximum 10 min.)
600W
500W
10 sec.–5 min.: 10 sec. units
5 min.–20 min.: 30 sec. units
(Maximum 20 min.)
200W
100W
10 sec.–5min.: 10 sec. units
5min.–20min.:30sec.units
20 min.–30 min.: 1 min. units
30min.–60 min.: 2min. units
60 min.–90 min.: 5 min. units
(Maximum 90 min.)
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
The oven lamp turns off, 0 is displayed, and heating ends.
Heating time differs slightly depending on the materials,
size, and shape of the container.
Set a heating time that is proportional to the amount of food.
More time is required when you heat foods taken out of the
refrigerator or freezer, even if it is the same type of food.
For refrigerated foods, the rough target is about 1.3 times longer than
the heating time at room temperature (about 20°C), and for frozen
foods, the rough target is about 2.3 times longer.
Heating time differs slightly in the summer and winter.
When you heat small amounts of food (less than 100 g).
Use Microwave 500W , set the heating time to 20-50 seconds, and
keep an eye on the food while it is heating. In particular, when you
heat a small amount (less than 100 g) of vegetables such as carrots
that are cut into small pieces, they may dry out, or there may be
sparks and the food may burn. Sprinkle a generous amount of water
over the vegetables and wrap them in plastic wrap, or spread the
food out on a plate or the like, add just enough water to cover the
food, cover the container with plastic wrap, and then heat.
How to Heat in Order to Prevent Bursting and Spattering
Press and start
10 sec.–5 min.: 10 sec. units
5 min.–10 min.: 30 sec. units
Heat using Microwave 700W functions for a limited number of
menu options, such as 1 Reheat , and so on, in Auto Cooking.
Heating time also differs depending on the
temperature of the food before heating.
Heating time
700W
When you heat using Microwave 500W , the heating times should be about 1.5 times longer than those listed above (at a room temperature of about 20°C).
Manual cooking cannot be set for Microwave 1000W . Heating time differs depending on the container used.
When you double the amount of food, double the heating time as well.
Set the heating time and start.
4
Strong heat
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Heating method
The display changes in the following order:
Microwave 700W Microwave 600W Microwave 500W
Microwave 200W Microwave 100W Oven Grill Steam
Microwave Steam Oven Steam Grill Superheated Steam
Oven Superheated Steam Grill Microwave 700W.
E-40
Vegetables
Ceramic Tray
Type of food
WARNING
Do not heat raw eggs, boiled
eggs (with or without the
shell), or fried eggs using
microwave heating.
(Eggs may burst and damage the
ceramic tray or door glass.)
生卵
Raw
eggs
Boiled
eggs
ゆで卵
For foods with skins or shells, such as squid,
octopus, shrimp,
and the like, make
slits in the surface
of the skin or shell.
For shelled chestnuts and ginkgo nuts,
make an incision in the shell, and cover
before heating.
Cut mushrooms in half before heating.
• Use Microwave 200W and reduce
the heating time.
For less than 100 g of diced vegetables such as carrots, sprinkle
a generous amount of water over the food, and cover the container
with plastic wrap. Use Microwave 500W and keep
an eye on the food while it is heating.
For thick liquids and the like, cover and mix before
and after heating.
Yolk and fried eggs
黄身や目玉焼き
(When heating eggs, beat the eggs before heating.)
E-41
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Manual Cooking (Grill Heating)
Automatically Lowers Output (Wattage) During Heating (Relay Heating)
Heat While Browning the Surface of Foods Like Fish
Grill fish fillets, skewered food, and so on
For stews, rice, and the like, where the heating method changes to simmering during heating.
Note
Note
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Accessory Used
Preparation
Preparation
Place the container or plate with the food
in the center of the ceramic tray, and
close the door.
Do not use the
metal tray
Place the food on top of the super grill tray unit with its legs open, or on
the metal tray. Next, set the super grill tray unit in the center of the
ceramic tray, or set the metal tray on the tray rack, and close the door.
Turn and select
Press and set
Water Tank
Water Tank
Empty
Empty
Select and set Grill.
Empty
Example: When heating for 15 minutes using Grill.
Select and set Grill
Heating method
1
Heating method
Accessory used
Press
2
Turn and select
3
Press and set
The display changes in the following order:
Microwave 700W Microwave 600W Microwave 500W
Microwave 200W Microwave 100W Oven Grill Steam
Microwave Steam Oven Steam Grill Superheated Steam
Oven Superheated Steam Grill Microwave 700W.
Microwave output
P. E-40
Set the heating time
Specify and set the heating time.
Set the heating time and start.
Heating time
4
Turn and specify
Press and set
5
P. E-40
Press Set one more time.
4
Heating time
6
Turn and specify
5
Selection range for heating time
10 sec.–5 min.: 10 sec. units
5 min.–20 min.: 30 sec. units
20 min.–30 min.: 1 min. units
Press and start 30 min.–40 min.: 2 min. units
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
Press and set
The oven lamp turns off, 0 is displayed, and heating ends.
Select and set 200W or 100W.
200W
Heating method
Accessory used
Microwave output
100W
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Press
3
Metal Tray Top
Water Tank
Example: After heating for eight minutes using Microwave 700W,
heat for 30 minutes using Microwave 200W.
2
Super Grill Tray Unit High
Ceramic Tray
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Select and set Microwave 700W,
Microwave 600W, or Microwave 500W.
1
Accessory Used
• Use accessories and the tray rack according to the food.
Ceramic Tray
Do not use the
super grill tray unit
Accessory Used
CAUTION
When you remove the metal tray, ceramic
tray, or super grill tray unit, use a thick, dry
dishcloth or a commercially available oven
mitt. (There is a risk of burns.)
● If there is grease buildup in the oven cavity after cooking, refer to Removing Unwanted Smells (Deodorizing)
P. E-53 and heat the oven using 28 Deodorizing .
● Super grill tray unit: At the Low position (legs closed), food is not grilled efficiently due to the low leg height.
P. E-18
How to Use Grill Skillfully
7
Turn and select
8
Accessory
Press and set
Foods that can be grilled
How to arrange the food
How to grill the food
Flip over while grilling
Skewered food, and so on
Set the heating time and start.
Heating time
9
Turn and specify
10
Metal tray
Press and start
P. E-40
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
The oven lamp turns off, 0 is displayed, and heating ends.
E-42
Super grill tray unit
Remaining heating time
Flip over skewered food, and so
on halfway through the grilling
time, and continue grilling.
Fish fillets, toast, and so on
Flip over while grilling
• Whole fish with internal organs intact
cannot be grilled efficiently.
• It will take some time for toast to grill.
For fish fillets and so on, first grill the side that
will be face down when you serve it. Halfway
through grilling, flip over and continue grilling.
● While you are heating, you can increase and decrease the heating time in units of minutes. Use for adjusting how the grilling is finished.
Turn
while heating.
• If the heating time was started from 40 minutes, it is not possible to increase the heating time.
• If less than one minute remains, it is not possible to increase or decrease the heating time.
E-43
Manual Heating (Oven Heating)
When the temperature is set
Specify and set the temperature.
Heating with Preheat Yes
Oven temperature
Cook food after preheating the oven cavity.
Accessory Used
Metal Tray
Top / Middle / Bottom
Water Tank
Remove the ceramic tray, and close the door.
Prepare the metal tray with the food placed
on it.
Preparation
Do not use the
super grill tray unit
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Press
2
Turn and select
Empty
3
Set the heating time, and start.
Press start
Example: Heat for 30 minutes at 200°C using Oven,
preheat Yes, and metal tray 1 Level.
10
Yes
5
Press and set
Turn and select
11
Press and start
Preheating starts.
When Select is pressed
Preheat Yes
■During preheating, the oven lamp is turned off in
order to save power. If you want to check inside
the oven cavity during preheating, press
to light the oven lamp for about five seconds.
When preheat Yes is selected
When you hear the preheat completion sound, open the door,
and insert the accessory with the food on it into the oven.
When Select is pressed
Press
to start.
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
Number of metal tray racks used
Select and set the number of metal tray racks to be used.
How to Use the Oven Skillfully
●You can increase or decrease the temperature and heating time while the oven is preheating or during heating.
Use this to adjust how grilling is finished.
■ To change the temperature, turn
Turn and select
E-44
7
Press and set
Remaining heating time
The oven lamp turns off, 0 is displayed, and heating ends.
When the number of racks is selected
2 Level
Either the temperature becomes the specified
temperature, or preheating ends after 45 minutes.
When left as-is after preheating has completed,
preheating continues for 10 more minutes, and
then heating for the specified time is carried out.
No
Preheat lights up with Preheat Yes
Preheat turns off with Preheat No
6
Heating time
1–30 min.: 1 min. units
30–60 min.: 2 min. units
60–90 min.: 5 min. units
Press and set
Select and set preheat Yes.
Turn and select
When the heating time is set
When Oven is selected
The display changes in the following order:
Microwave 700W Microwave 600W Microwave 500W
Microwave 200W Microwave 100W Oven Grill Steam
Microwave Steam Oven Steam Grill Superheated Steam
Oven Superheated Steam Grill Microwave 700W.
4
Press and set
● If the oven cavity is hot, the maximum temperature that can
be set is 250°C.
● The operation time at 300°C is about five minutes.
Afterwards, the temperature automatically switches to 250°C.
Heating method
1
9
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Select and set Oven.
Turn and specify
You can select from 100°C–250°C (in units of 10°C) and 300°C.
Do not use
the ceramic tray
Note
8
When Select is pressed
■ Press
to increase or decrease the temperature in units of 10°C.
during heating and turn
In addition, to change the temperature, press
to increase or decrease the heating time in units of one minute.
and turn
to increase or decrease the temperature in units of 10°C.
1 Level
• If the heating time was started from 90 minutes, it is not
possible to increase the heating time.
• If less than one minute remains, it is not possible to increase
or decrease the heating time.
E-45
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating)
Manual Cooking (Combination with Steam and Superheated Steam)
Heating Using Preheat No
Combine Microwave/Grill/Oven Heating with Steam/Superheated Steam
Cook food without preheating the oven cavity.
Accessory Used
Steam
Do not use
the ceramic tray
Note
Metal Tray
Top / Middle / Bottom
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Water Tank
Do not use the
super grill tray unit
Preparation
Microwave
Empty
Remove the ceramic tray, set the metal
tray with the food on it on the tray rack,
and close the door.
Note
Preparation
• Use accessories and the tray rack according to the food.
Select and
set Oven.
Example: Heat for 30 minutes at 200ºC using Oven,
preheat No, and metal tray 2 Level.
Accessory Used
Accessory Used
Accessory Used
Place the accessory to be used according to
the food and the heating method in the oven,
and close the door.
Fill the water tank with water.
Ceramic Tray
Super Grill Tray Unit
Ceramic Tray
Metal Tray
Ceramic Tray
Water Tank
Water Tank
Water Tank
Full
Full
Full
2
Turn and select
3
Do not use
the metal tray
Press and set
1
Select and set
preheat No.
No
4
5
Turn and select
1 Level
Preheat No
6
Turn and select
7
Press and set
2
3
Number of metal tray racks used
4
Turn and select
5
Press and set
• When you specify Steam Microwave, press
while 350W is
shown in the display area, and specify the heating time.
8
Turn and specify
9
Press and set
You can select from 100°C–250°C (in units of 10°C).
Specify the heating
time, and start.
Set the heating time,
and start.
Turn and specify
11
Press and start
Turn and specify
7
Press and start
The details of heating that can be selected are different for
Microwave, Grill, and Oven.
Refer to the following pages for operating procedures.
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
The oven lamp turns off, 0 is displayed, and heating ends.
Microwave
Heating time
P. E-44–E-46
Grill íP.43
P. E-43
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
Heating Point
● You can increase or decrease the temperature and heating time during heating. Use this to adjust how grilling is finished.
P. E-40 Oven
P. E-45
Do not use
the super grill tray unit
Heating details that can be selected:
Steam Microwave
Wattage
Fixed at 350W
Heating time 10 sec.–5 min. (10 sec. units)
5 min.–20 min. (30 sec. units)
Steam grill/Superheated steam grill
Heating time 10 sec.–5 min.: 10 sec. units
5 min.–20 min.: 30 sec. units
20 min.–30 min.: 1 min. units
30 min.–40 min.: 2 min. units
Steam oven
Preheat
Yes No
Number of racks 2 Level 1 Level
Temperature 100˚C–250˚C (units of 10˚C)
300˚C
(When preheat No is selected, up to 250˚C)
6
10
Do not use
the super grill tray unit
Press and set
Select and set the
details of heating.
Specify and set
the temperature.
1–30 min.: 1 min. units
30–60 min.: 2 min. units
60–90 min.: 5 min. units
Turn and select
The display changes in the following order:
Microwave 700W Microwave 600W Microwave 500W
Microwave 200W Microwave 100W Oven Grill Steam
Microwave Steam Oven Steam Grill Superheated Steam
Oven Superheated Steam Grill Microwave 700W.
Press and set
Preheat lights up with Preheat Yes
Preheat turns off with Preheat No
Press
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Press
Select and set the number of
metal tray racks to be used.
E-46
Oven
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Select and set
the desired
heating.
P. E-44
2 Level
Grill
Heating method
1
Yes
Steam/Superheated Steam
•After using steam, wipe the water droplets from the oven cavity
P. E-52
and door after the oven has cooled down.
Heating time 1 min.–30 min. (1 min. units)
30 min.–60 min. (2 min. units)
60 min.–90 min. (5 min. units)
Superheated steam oven
Preheat
Yes No
Number of racks None (heat using middle or bottom rack)
Temperature 100˚C–250˚C (units of 10˚C)
300˚C
(When preheat No is selected, up to 250˚C)
Heating time 1 min.–30 min. (1 min. units)
30 min.–40 min. (2 min. units)
• It is not possible to specify the number of racks.
E-47
Manual Cooking (Leavening)
Heat Using Steam Microwave Leavening
Leaven bread dough and the like.
You can quickly leaven small amounts of dough for Quick Bread and so on.
Note
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Accessory Used
ceramic tray and close the door.
Fill the water tank with water.
Note
Ceramic Tray
Water Tank
The power turns on when the door is opened.
Select and
set Steam
Microwave.
into the oven, and close the door.
Fill the water tank with water.
2
Turn and select
3
Press and set
Press
2
Turn and select
3
Press and set
Heating method
4
Turn and select
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
No
Preheat lights up with Preheat Yes
Preheat turns off with Preheat No
Press and set
5
• With preheat Yes, steam oven leavening cannot be selected.
Turn and select
4
Leaven
Press and set
5
Preheat No
Select and set the number
of metal tray racks used.
Select and set
the wattage.
Turn and select
6
2 Level
6
20W
Full
Select and set
preheat No.
Heating method
Select and
set Leaven.
10W
Do not use
the super grill tray unit
Example: Heat for 50 minutes at 40ºC using the steam oven
with preheat No and metal tray 1 level.
1
Yes
350W
Water Tank
Select and set
Steam Oven.
Example: Heat for 10 minutes using Steam
Microwave, set to Leaven / 30W.
Press
Metal Tray Bottom
Ceramic Tray
Full
Do not use
the super grill tray unit
1
Accessory Used
Preparation Insert the metal tray with the food on it
Do not use
the metal tray
Preparation Place the food in the center of the
Heat Using Steam Oven Leavening
30W
Turn and select
7
40W
7
Press and set
1 Level
Press and set
50W
Select and set
the leavening temperature.
Specify the heating
time, and start.
1–30 min.: 1 min. units
30–60 min.: 2 min. units
60–90 min.: 5 min. units
Four levels are available:
30°C, 35°C, 40°C, and 45°C
8
Turn and specify
9
Press and start
Heating time
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
•After using steam, wipe the water droplets from the oven cavity
and door after the oven has cooled down.
P. E-52
Turn and select
9
Press and set
Set the heating time,
and start.
1–30 min.: 1 min. units
30–60 min.: 2 min. units
60–90 min.: 5 min. units
The oven lamp turns off, 0 is displayed, and heating ends.
8
10
Turn and specify
11
Press and start
When you hear the completion sound, remove the food.
The oven lamp turns off, 0 is displayed, and heating ends.
CAUTION
(Will result in burns)
E-48
When the temperature
of the oven cavity is
low, if the upper
heater becomes hot,
do not touch the door,
the outer cover, the
oven cavity, or
surrounding areas.
Tips for Steam Microwave Leavening
● It is not possible to use the
metal tray for Steam
Microwave Leaven .
Will result in sparks.
When you carry out the first rising for
dome-shaped bread, butter rolls, and so on as
described in the Recipes section, leaven using
doneness adjustment MED, at 30W for
20–30 minutes.
• For leavening, place the kneaded dough in a
heat-resistant glass bowl, and place the bowl
on the ceramic tray. (The metal tray and metal
containers cannot be used.)
• After using steam, wipe the water droplets from the oven cavity
P. E-52
and door after the oven has cooled down.
How to Use Leaven Efficiently
● The leavening temperature differs depending
Menu Option
on the menu option and whether it is the first
rising or second rising. Follow the instructions Quick Bread / Raisin Bread
for each of the menus options in the Recipes
section of this manual.
● For leavening as described in a commercially Crispy Pizza
available recipe book, or leavening for use in
your own recipe, use Steam Oven Leaven ,
Yogurt
l
and keep an eye on the food.
Page
Menu Option
Page
P. E-84
Butter Rolls
P. E-86
P. E-87
Dome-shaped Bread
P. E-86
P. E-79
French Bread
Bâtard
P. E-85
Coupé
P. E-85
E-49
Heating Times for Manual Cooking
Leafy
vegetables
Fruit/flower vegetables
Amount
Heating time
200 g
2 min.
–2 min. 20 sec.
200 g
1 min. 30 sec.–2 min
Make incisions in thick stalks, and arrange with the leafy parts and the stems alternating.
After heating, place in cold water to remove bitterness and preserve the color.
Spinach
Napa cabbage,
For napa cabbage, arrange with the leafy parts and the bases of the
Bean sprouts, Cabbage leaves alternating. After heating, drain the water using a colander.
Cauliflower
Broccoli
Cut according to how you will use it, and place in salt water to remove
bitterness. After heating, place in cold water to preserve the color.
Eggplant
Trim the bottom of the stalks, and arrange with the
spears and the stalk portions alternating. For Auto
Cooking, heat using M-HI.
Asparagus
Yes
Yes
Trim the ends and the string along the side.
After heating, rinse quickly in cold water to preserve the color.
Green beans
Snow peas
If you use the husk as a wrap, remove the silk.
Corn
200 g
2 min.–2 min. 30 sec.
1 ear (300 g)
4 min.–5 min. 30 sec.
200 g
2 min. 30 sec.–3 min.
Carrots
Sweet potato
Taro
Burdock root
Lotus root
For Auto Cooking, heat using LO.
For thick sweet potatoes, heat using MED.
Rub peeled taro with salt and rinse in water to remove the sliminess.
Immerse burdock root and lotus root in vinegar water to
remove bitterness, then sprinkle with vinegar and heat.
200 g
3 min. 30 sec.–4 min
Potato
Radish
When you want to heat potatoes whole, turn the potatoes over after heating and let
them stand for a while. If using Auto Cooking for diced potatoes, use LO .
150 g
300 g
Microwave Cooking
Defrosting Raw Foods
Amount
Microwave 100W
4–6 min.
2–3 min.
3–5 min.
2–3 min.
5–7 min.
4–6 min.
6–7 min.
7–8 min.
Covering
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
About 4 min.
5 min. 30 sec.–6 min.
Menu selection
Mixed vegetables
Green beans
Amount
Heating time
Microwave 700W
Covering
100 g
100 g
1 min. 40 sec.–2 min.
About 2 min.
–
–
● Remove any coverings, such as plastic wrap and lids.
Place on a polystyrene foam tray and then heat.
● Let stand for three to five minutes after heating and let the
food defrost naturally.
Amount
Heating time
Frozen rice (2–3 cm thick block)
Frozen pilaf (loose)
Frozen spaghetti
Frozen hamburg steak
Frozen deep-fried food
Frozen steamed meat dumplings
Frozen meatballs (with sweet and sour sauce)
Frozen curry/stew
Frozen mixed vegetables
Frozen green beans
Frozen pumpkin
Frozen sweet corn
Frozen bean-paste bun/steamed meat bun
1 serving (150 g)
1 serving (250 g)
1 serving (250 g)
1 steak (100 g)
2-4 pieces (100 g)
15 pieces (220 g)
1 bag (200 g)
1 serving (200 g)
100 g
200 g
200 g
300 g
1 each (80 g)
2 min.–2 min. 30 sec.
3 min. 20 sec.–4 min.
3 min. 20 sec.–4 min.
2 min. 30 sec.–3 min.
1 min. 40 sec.–2 min.
3 min.–4 min.
2 min.–3 min.
3 min. 30 sec.–4 min.
2 min.–2 min. 30 sec.
2 min.–3 min.
2 min.–3 min.
5 min.–6 min.
50 sec.–1 min. 10 sec.
Microwave 700W
Covering
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Grilled fish
Hamburg steak
Deep-fried foods
Croquettes
Sautéed vegetables
Chop suey
Boiled vegetables
Boiled fish
1 serving (150 g)
1 serving (250 g each)
1 serving (250 g each)
1 serving (100 g)
1 steak (100 g)
2–4 pieces (100 g)
2 pieces (150 g)
1 serving (200 g)
1 serving (300 g)
1 serving (200 g)
1 piece (100 g)
50 sec.–1 min.
About 1 min.
About 2 min. 30 sec.
About 1 min.
About 1 min.
40–50 sec.
50 sec.–1 min.
About 1 min. 40 sec.
About 2 min. 30 sec.
1 min. 40 sec.–2 min.
About 50 sec.
–
–
–
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
Yes
Steamed meat dumplings
1 serving (200 g)
About 1 min. 40 sec.
–
1 serving (150 g)
1 serving (200 g each)
1 serving (150 g)
1 serving (200 ml)
1 serving (150 ml)
1 hamburger (100 g)
1 hot dog (80 g)
2 (80 g)
1 min.–1 min. 40 sec.
About 1 min. 40 sec.
1 min. 30 sec.–2 min.
About 1 min. 30 sec.
About 1 min. 10 sec.
30–40 sec.
20–30 sec.
About 20 sec.
–
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
1 each (80 g)
30–40 sec.
Yes
Spaghetti/Yakisoba (Japanese style fried noodles)
Soup/consommé
Curry/stew
Potage soup
Milk
Coffee
Hamburger
Hot dog
Butter rolls
Bean-paste bun/
steamed meat bun
● When you heat bean-paste buns and steamed meat buns, remove the paper on the
bottom, immerse in water, wrap loosely, place on a plate, and heat.
● When you heat bread and steamed buns, heat right before eating, as they will
harden with time.
● For mixed vegetables, immerse in water, spread out on a plate, and then heat.
When small amounts (less than 100 g) are covered with plastic wrap and heated,
there may be sparks and the food may burn, or the food may dry out. (Refer to
P. E-41 When you heat small amounts (less than 100 g) of food.) Sprinkle a
generous amount of water on the food and wrap in plastic wrap, or spread the food
out on a plate or the like, add just enough water to cover the food, cover the
container with plastic wrap, and then heat.
● When you heat store-bought frozen foods (deep-fried foods, croquettes, and so
on), place the food on a tray or in a container according to the food manufacturer’s
instructions, and place it in the center of the ceramic tray. For the heating time, use
the heating time indicated by the food manufacturer for 500W, and heat the food.
Grill Cooking
Oven Cooking
Menu selection
Bread Pizza Gratin Grilled food
(Defrosting and Reheating Frozen Foods)
Menu selection
Covering
Reheat foods that you want to make moist and soft, or
side dishes that harden easily.
Menu selection
Rice
Steamed meat dumplings
Meat bun
Amount
1 serving (150 g)
8 pieces (160 g)
1 bun (100 g)
Yakisoba (Japanese style fried noodles) 1 serving (250 g)
1 steak (100 g)
Hamburg steak
1 serving (100 g)
Grilled fish
1 piece (100 g)
Boiled fish
1 hamburger (100 g)
Hamburger
1 hot dog (80 g)
Hot dog
Frozen steamed meat dumplings 15 pieces (240 g)
1 bun (100 g)
Frozen meat bun
1 bag (100 g)
Frozen meat ball
Heating time
Microwave
Steam
2 min.–2 min. 30 sec.
2 min. 30 sec.–3 min.
1 min. 30 sec.–2 min.
3–4 min.
2 min.–2 min. 30 sec.
2 min.–2 min. 30 sec.
2 min.–2 min. 30 sec.
1 min. 30 sec.–2 min.
1 min.–1 min. 30 sec.
7–9 min.
2–3 min.
3–4 min.
Covering
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
● When you heat grilled fish, boiled fish, curry, or stew, cover
the container, as the food may spatter during heating.
Once-Boiled
Microwave Cooking Defrosting
Frozen Vegetables
Cake
Tuna (block)
200 g
Squid (roll)
100 g
Shrimp
10 (about 200 g)
Fish fillet
1 fillet (about 100 g)
Ground meat
200 g
Sliced meat
200 g
250 g
Chicken thigh (boneless)
250 g
Chicken thigh (with bone)
Heating time
Yes
Microwave 700W
Amount
Cheesecake
French bread
(bâtard, coupé)
Quick Bread, raisin bread
Diameter 15 cm
Diameter 18 cm
Diameter 21 cm
Diameter 18 cm
For 1 metal
tray each
8 pieces each
Crispy pizza
For 1 metal tray each
Decorated cake
Macaroni gratin
4 plates
Lasagna
1 plate
Hamburg steak
Skewered food
4 steaks
Tray rack
Temperature
Only representative menu options are listed.
When you use Manual Cooking, refer to similar menu options.
Heating time
Preheat Yes Preheat No
30–36 min.
36–42 min.
40–46 min.
40–44 min.
Bottom
160°C
Middle
200°C
(Specify 2 Level)
180°C
34–38 min.
Middle
200°C
15–20 min.
Middle
210°C
24–34 min.
Middle
250°C
10–18 min.
6 skewers / 12 skewers Super grill tray unit/High Superheated steam gril
13–20 min.
36–42 min.
42–48 min.
46–52 min.
46–56 min.
23–32 min.
18–28 min.
17–25 min.
Reference • For information on how to make each
page
menu option, refer to the listed page(s).
• If you are concerned about uneven cook89
ing, turn the food around during heating
so that the front and back are reversed. If
90
you are concerned about uneven cooking
85
in the vertical direction, switch the metal
tray from the upper rack to the bottom
84
rack. You should make the switch after
87
2/3–3/4 of the heating time has passed.
65 • When you cook an oven recipe from a
store-bought cookbook, or when you use
store-bought dough, use the temperature
64
and time of a similar menu option in the
67
Recipes section as a reference, and cook
the food using Manual Cooking and keep
an eye on it as it cooks.
• For skewered chicken, flip the
food over halfway through the grilling
time, and continue grilling.
Heating Times for Manual Cooking
Cut into pieces of about the same size. For Auto Cooking, heat using HI.
Steamed buns
Root vegetables
Heating Times for Manual Cooking
Pumpkin
Menu selection
Covering
Divide into small clusters.
Microwave Cooking
E-50
Cooking tips
Microwave 700W
Rice/Noodles Grilled food Deep-fried food Sautéed food Boiled food Steamed food Soups Beverages Breads
Menu selection
Rough target for Manual Cooking
Rice
Fried rice/pilaf
Heating time
Amount
Menu selection
• For Auto Cooking, heat leafy vegetables and fruit/flower vegetables using
7 Leafy Vegetables , and root vegetables using 8 Root Vegetables .
P. E-36
Microwave Cooking (Vegetables)
Microwave Cooking
The dash in the Covering column indicates that a covering such as plastic wrap or the like is not to be used.
(Heating Rice and Side Dishes)
Steam/Microwave Cooking
Heating Rice and Side Dishes
(Defrosting and Reheating Frozen Foods)
E-51
Maintaining the Main Unit/Accessories
●The oven should be cleaned regularly and any food deposits removed.
●Failure to maintain the oven in clean condition could lead to deterioration of the surface that could
adversely affect the life of the appliance and possibly result in hazardous situation.
Ceramic tray
Wipe with a well-wrung wet dishcloth.
● For dirty spots that are difficult to remove with a
dishcloth, take out the ceramic tray, apply a
store-bought cream cleanser (with an abrasive
compound), and scrub and rinse the area.
The ceramic tray may break if it is bumped or struck.
● If the ceramic tray becomes cracked or broken, do
not use it in that condition. Please consult with the
Service Center. Using the ceramic tray if it is
damaged will result in malfunctions.
Interior walls, front, inside of door, cover in oven cavity
Steam outlet
Wipe with a well-wrung wet
dishcloth.
● Some white spots may remain
after you use steam. Wipe the
steam outlet frequently with a
well-wrung wet dishcloth.
Steam outlet
Cover
Wipe with a well-wrung wet dishcloth.
● Wipe off drops of water on the inside of the oven
cavity with a well-wrung wet dishcloth.
● If there is excessive dirt, squeeze some mild detergent for kitchen use onto
a cloth, and wipe the dirt with the cloth. Make sure to wipe off the
detergent afterwards with a well-wrung wet dishcloth.
● Do not use force to scrub the cover.
This may result in damage, cracks, and chips.
Drip tray
How to Drain the Water
After steam cooking is complete, drain the water
from the pipe.
Wipe with a soft cloth.
● If there is excessive dirt, squeeze some mild
detergent for kitchen use onto a cloth, and wipe the
dirt with the cloth. Make sure to wipe off the
detergent afterwards with a well-wrung wet dishcloth.
Insert the ceramic
tray and close the
door.
1
2
Inside of door on the front
● As there is a gap in the joined sections, be careful not to spill any beverages or soups.
Super grill tray unit · Metal tray · Water tank
3
Check to make sure
that 0 is shown in
the display area,
and pull the water
tank out from the
main unit.
Press
and
select
27 Cleaning .
Do not scrub the metal
tray or rack with a metal
scrubbing brush or
a sharp object.
(Will result in injury and damage)
Do not scrub the
ceramic tray with a metal
scrubbing brush or
sharp object.
(Will result in scratches and deformation)
Do not wipe the control panel or
door with oven cleaners, thinners,
benzene, glass polish sprays,
bleaching agents, and so on.
Press
start.
★If you use disposable wet wipes, use
them according to the instructions
provided for the wet wipes.
★Do not use a steam cleaner.
Do not use harsh abrasive cleaners
(Will result in rusting, electrical shock, and malfunctions) or sharp metal scrapers to clean the
Do not spray water onto
oven door glass since they can
the outer cover, door, or
scratch the surface, which may
control panel, or inside the result in shattering of the glass.
oven cavity
Do not leave any food crumbs
or juices on the inside walls of
the oven cavity. The dirt will
become difficult to remove.
● The inside of the oven cavity is treated
with a coat of paint. As it is easily
scratched, do not scrub it with a hard
object such as a scrubbing brush.
● Smoke may occur during cooking.
(Will result in injury and damage)
Do not bump or strike
the ceramic tray.
The high heat from the heaters (the grill and oven heating) raises the
temperature in the oven cavity to a high level. The oil and odor
components remaining in the oven cavity are broken down and are
emitted to outside the oven cavity.
Food crumbs that remain in the oven cavity are not removed. Wipe them off beforehand.
(Due to the high temperature, they may cause smoke, as well as ignition.)
How to Clean the Oven Cavity
and
Insert the ceramic tray and
close the door.
When you hear
the completion
sound, draining is
complete.
Wipe off the drops of water on the inside of the
oven cavity using a well-wrung wet dishcloth.
(Will result in sparks, rusting, foul odors)
Deodorizing Mechanism
Steam is generated, making it easy to wipe off
the dirt inside the oven cavity.
CAUTION
(Will result in rusting)
Use this function when you want to cook another type of food after
grilling fish, or when you are concerned about the odor of the oven
cavity.
You can remove grease buildup in the oven cavity and reduce odors.
• There may be a smell of burning oil, or there may be smoke. Open a
window or ventilate the area using a fan.
1
(How to Use the Water Tank
2
3
CAUTION
P. E-19 )
Press
and select 27 Cleaning .
Press
and start.
When you hear the completion
sound, clean the oven cavity
according to the following procedure.
(Will cause burns and injury)
● During heating for 27 Cleaning and after it is
complete, do not bring your face near the
oven or open the door.
Even after heating is complete, steam may be
released in some areas, or hot water may
burst out.
● If you interrupt 27 Cleaning, and after it is
complete, do not touch the steam outlet on
the side of the oven cavity.
The area around the steam outlet is very hot,
and touching this area will result in burns. Even
if the oven cavity is not hot, the steam outlet
and screws may be at a high temperature.
Check to make sure that 0 is shown in the display
area, and insert the water tank into the main unit.
4
5
Wipe off the dirt after the oven
cavity has cooled down.
After you finish cleaning the oven
cavity, drain the water from the pipe
(inside the main unit). For the
operating procedure, refer to How to
Drain the Water at the top of this page.
Maintaining the Main Unit/Accessories
Maintaining the Main Unit/Accessories
E-52
Squeeze some mild detergent for kitchen
If one of the legs of the super grill tray unit
use onto a sponge, remove the dirt, and
comes off, reattach it as described below.
rinse with water. Be sure to wipe off the
As shown in the diagram below, insert one side
water thoroughly.
of the leg parallel to the other side, push down so
● If the metal tray is immersed in an acidic water solution
that this side of the leg is against the protruding
such as vinegar or baking soda, or in an alkaline water
part, and then insert the other side of the leg.
solution, the surface may become bleached.
● Do not place the water tank inside a dishwashing
dryer, dish dryer, or dishwasher. The water tank will Protruding
part
become deformed and damaged.
● For information on cleaning the super grill tray
P. E-15
Squeeze some mild detergent for kitchen use
onto a sponge, remove the dirt, and rinse with
water. Be sure to wipe off the water thoroughly.
Remove the drip tray if you lift up the oven.
• When you insert the drip tray, push it in firmly
towards the back until you hear a clicking
sound. (When the drip tray is not inserted
securely, there will be water leakage and
insufficient steam.)
Use 28 Deodorizing .
For the operating procedure, refer to How to Run
the Oven Empty (Deodorizing).
P. E-5
The drip tray can be removed and washed.
After you remove the water tank, place your
fingers on the indentations in the front on the left
and right sides, and pull out the drip tray by
lifting it up slightly and pulling it towards you.
Exterior • Door seal
Removing Unwanted Smells (Deodorizing)
E-53
When Food Does Not Turn Out Well
In order to ensure that food is cooked efficiently, perform zero-point adjustment once a month.
The milk is too hot.
● 5 Milk registers the scale of doneness adjustment. Check the setting of the scale.
● You can heat milk as you like it by reheating using My Menu . P. E-31–E-33
The milk is lukewarm.
● Are you using a lightweight container relative to the amount (volume) of milk?
● Are you heating the milk as-is, in the store-bought carton? Heat the milk in a mug or
the like.
● Check the scale set for the doneness adjustment.
● Heat with the milk placed in the center of the ceramic tray. When you heat two to four
servings at once, make the amounts (volumes) about the same, arrange them around
the center of the ceramic tray, and then heat them.
P. E-31–E-33
● You can heat milk as you like it by reheating using My Menu .
P. E-5
Cooking results are
not good.
● Are you using the correct cooking procedure, wrapping method, food amount,
accessories, containers, and so on? (Check this manual again.) For Auto Cooking,
if the food is undercooked or overcooked even after you check these points, perform
zero-point adjustment of the Triple Weight Sensor. P. E-5
● If you cook consecutive batches of cakes and cookies, use the metal tray after it has
cooled down. If the metal tray is too hot, it can result in the food being burned.
Food is not cooked well when cooking based on oven recipes from
a store-bought cookbook, or when store-bought dough is used.
Use the temperature and time for a similar menu option in the Recipes section as a
reference, and cook the food using Manual Cooking and check on it as it cooks. P. E-51
During Auto Cooking, food is
undercooked or overcooked
Perform zero-point adjustment of the Triple Weight Sensor.
Reheating Side Dishes
P. E-5
Reheating Rice
Rice is too hot.
● Are you using a container that is too large relative to the amount (weight) of rice?
● Reheat using 1 Reheat and the doneness adjustment M-LO.
P. E-31–E-33
● You can cook food the way you like it by reheating using My Menu .
Rice is not heated efficiently
using 3 Steam Reheat .
● Fill the water tank with water up to the Full line, and then heat.
● Place the rice in a container (a bowl or the like) and heat without covering it with plastic wrap or the like.
Rice is dry.
● Use 3 Steam Reheat , or when you heat using 1 Reheat at the doneness
adjustment M-LO, spray water on the rice before heating to make it moist.
Frozen rice is not heated
The doneness is uneven.
● Heat with the frozen rice placed on a container (a flat dish). When frozen rice is heated when it is just wrapped
in plastic wrap without being placed on a container (flat dish), it will not heat well.
● Are you placing the rice in a plastic container and then heating it? This will result in insufficient and uneven
heating.
● The size and weight of the container (flat dish) you use should match the amount (weight) of the frozen rice.
● When you freeze rice, divide it into single servings (about 150 g), and form square blocks that are two to three
centimeters thick.
● When you reheat two or more blocks of frozen rice, heat blocks that are the same weight and size. Doing
otherwise will result in uneven heating.
● When you reheat two or more blocks of frozen rice, arrange them with a space between them, and do not
stack the blocks on top of each other.
Frozen rice is too hot.
Food is not hot even if
reheated.
The food becomes too
hot when reheated.
Curry and stew are
not heated.
● For foods with a certain thickness, cover the container with plastic
wrap and heat by setting the doneness adjustment to M-HI or HI.
● Mix after heating.
Frozen foods are not heated.
P. E-28–E-29
● Heat using 2 Defrost & Reheat .
● Are you simply heating the food only, without using a container?
Place the food inside a container of a size and weight that match the amount
(weight) of food, and then heat.
● Are you placing the food in a plastic container and then heating? Plastic
containers are too light, and will result in a short heating time being set.
● Place the food in the middle of the ceramic tray and heat.
● Are you using a container that is too large relative to the amount (weight) of rice?
● Has the rice started to melt? Heat the rice immediately after taking it out of the freezer.
● You can cook food as you like it by reheating using My Menu .
P. E-31–E-33
Defrost
Reheating Milk
The milk is too hot.
E-54
● Is the amount (weight) of milk too small? When the amount of milk is less
than half that of the container, reheat using Microwave 600W .
● Are you reheating lukewarm milk?
● Did you press the wrong button? The milk will be hot if you heat it using 1 Reheat .
When Food Does Not Turn Out Well
When Food Does Not Turn Out Well
Rice is not heated
The doneness is uneven.
● Are you placing the rice in a plastic container and then heating it? Heat the rice using a ceramic/porcelain container (a bowl or the like).
● Heat with the rice placed in a container (a bowl or the like) of a size and weight that match the amount (weight) of the rice.
● When you reheat two to four servings at once, place the rice in containers of the same weight and size, arrange the containers around the
center of the ceramic tray, and then heat.
● Are you simply reheating the food only, without using a container
and 1 Reheat ? Place the food in a container of a size and weight
that matches the amount (weight) of food, and reheat.
● Food will not heat if it is in a metal container or covered with aluminum foil.
● Are you heating the food with it placed in a plastic container? Plastic
containers are too light, and will result in a short heating time being set.
● Place the food in the middle of the ceramic tray and heat it.
● Use the doneness adjustment that matches the food type and storage
P. E-23, E-25, E-29
conditions (room temperature, chilled).
● Are you using a container that is too large (heavy) relative to the amount (weight)
of food? Use a container with a weight that matches the amount (weight) of food.
● Is the amount of food to be reheated too small? Make sure the weight
is 100 g or more.
● Are you using Auto Cooking for additional heating of food that was
heated to be lukewarm using Auto Cooking? For additional heating, use
Microwave 600W or Microwave 500W and check on the food as it heats.
● Heat using Microwave 600W or Microwave 500W , and keep an eye on
the food as it cooks.
Defrosting is insufficient,
and food is hard.
● Defrost the food so that it ends up being semi-defrosted (70%–80% defrosted).
After heating, let the food stand for three to five minutes to let it naturally defrost
nicely.
● You need to set the doneness adjustment according to the food (meat, sashimi, and
so on) and the intended use (whether you will cook the food immediately after
defrosting, or eat the food raw). For sashimi, set the doneness adjustment to LO .
● Place the food in the middle of the ceramic tray and heat it.
E-55
When Food Does Not Turn Out Well (Continued)
Vegetables
When you wrap fruit
vegetables such as broccoli
● Divide fruit vegetables such as broccoli into small clusters, arrange them in
a single layer without any spaces between them, and wrap them tightly.
When root vegetables such as potatoes
and carrots are being overheated.
● Place the vegetables in the center of the ceramic tray with the side where the ends of the plastic wrap overlap on the bottom.
● Auto Cooking cannot be used for food weighing less than 100 g. Use Microwave 500W and check on the food as it heats.
Potatoes were not heated sufficiently.
Do not remove the plastic wrap immediately after heating.
Flip the potatoes over and let them stand for a while, to let them steam.
The sizes are uneven.
● Did you squeeze out the dough in the same size portions? If the amounts of
dough differ, there will be unevenness when the cream puffs are baked.
The color is uneven
after baking.
● Make sure that you divide the batter into portions of about the
same size and thickness.
Troubleshooting
Situation
Rolls are not browning evenly.
If the sizes of the dough rolls differ, there will be unevenness when the rolls are baked.
• Toasting requires time
No matter how much the eggs
are beaten, they do not foam well.
● Did you beat the eggs well?
● Beat the eggs thoroughly so that you can make a stiff peak with the
foam that drops from the end of the hand mixer or egg beater. P. E-89
● Did you mix the mixture too much after adding flour or butter?
Eggs do not foam well when there is water or oil on the bowl
used for beating them, or on the egg beater. Use fresh eggs.
The mixture is lumpy,
and clumps of flour remain.
● Did you sift the flour well while mixing it in?
● After adding the flour, mix steadily until the powder is blended in smoothly.
The cake does
not bake well.
● For information on the temperature and baking time when you bake using
Manual Cooking, refer to Heating Times for Manual Cooking.
P. E-51
● Bake the cake in a mold that is appropriate for its weight.
The cake does
not rise well.
Cake
Noise · Sparks · Smoke · Foreign matter
The rolls do not rise well.
● Did the dough leaven sufficiently? If the surface of the dough is dry during leavening, add
some moisture by misting the dough.
● Are you handling the dough roughly when you form the shape? Handle the dough gently.
Cause
The power does not turn on.
The oven does not respond,
even when Reheat is pressed.
The oven does not respond,
even when any button is
pressed.
The oven does not heat.
● Has the plug come out of the electrical outlet?
● Is there a blown fuse in the fuse box, or is the breaker thrown?
● Is 0 shown in the display area? If nothing is displayed, open and close the door. 0 is displayed. (The
Standby Power Zero Watt function is operating.)
P. E-2
● Is the door closed firmly?
● Does the oven function normally after reopening and reclosing the door?
● Does the oven function normally if you switch the breaker off and on, and open and close the door?
The food is not
heated at all.
After pressing the Cancel key, are only M and 0 shown in the display area?
The store use mode has been set.
Press
three times and
once. After repeating this operation three
times, the M in the display area disappears and food can be heated.
There is no steam.
● Is there water in the water tank?
● Is the room temperature low? The water path may be frozen.
● If you continuously use water with a high concentration of calcium, a chalky substance builds up in
the steam boiler, and steam may not be emitted. Ask the Service Center to repair the oven.
There is a clicking
sound during heating.
This is the sound that is produced when the microcomputer
switches between the microwave and heater, and so on.
There is a static-like sound during heating.
This is the sound of the inverter functioning.
There is a sharp popping sound
during microwave heating.
This is the sound of bursting drops of water, which had adhered
to the contact surface of the door and oven cavity.
There is a hollow popping sound
during oven and grill heating.
Due to the high temperatures involved, there may be some cases where you
hear the sound of the oven cavity expanding, but this is not a malfunction.
There are noises when using steam.
This is the sound of the air when water is absorbed from the water tank.
Some time after cooking is
complete, there is a clicking sound.
This is the sound of the standby power turning off, which occurs when 10
minutes have passed after closing the door after cooking is complete.
There was smoke from the oven
cavity during oven heating.
Are the walls in the oven cavity dirty? Are there food crumbs or the like
on the walls? Wipe them off with a well-wrung wet dishcloth.
The completion
sound changes, or
the sound turns off.
Open and close the door to show 0 in the display area, then press Healthy , and
press Cup/Plate Sensing for three seconds to switch between the melody sound
and buzzer sound. In the same way, after pressing Healthy , press My Menu for
three seconds to switch between the melody sound and no sound.
P. E-23
Bread
Sweets
E-56
● Did you measure the weight correctly?
P. E-98 . When you
● Refer to the information on how to make cream puffs
2
heat the butter and water in Step , be sure to boil the mixture thoroughly.
When Food Does Not Turn Out Well / Troubleshooting
● Bundle leafy vegetables such as spinach in plastic wrap after you wash them, without
draining the water from the vegetables.
● When you bundle vegetables in plastic wrap, alternate stalks and leafy parts, and wrap them
tightly. If the wrapping is loose, or if the vegetables are spread out, they will not be heated well.
The cream puffs
do not rise well.
• Grilled whole fish with intact internal organs cannot be grilled efficiently.
Does not function
Leafy vegetables such as
spinach are dry, or they
are heated unevenly.
Butter rolls
When Food Does Not Turn Out Well
Vegetables are not
boiled well.
● Heat vegetables with them bundled in plastic wrap and placed directly in the center of the ceramic tray.
● If you heat a bundle of vegetables with a side with many layers of plastic wrap on top, the vegetables will
not boil well.
● You can heat 100-500 g of leafy vegetables such as spinach, and 100-1,000 g of root vegetables such as
potatoes. If there are too few or too many, the vegetables will not boil well.
Cream puffs Cookies
The food boiled
● Are you heating after filling the water tank with water? If food is heated with no steam being emitted, the food may
be overcooked.
● Are you heating with the food placed on top of a plate? Heat with the food placed on top of a polystyrene foam tray.
● When the thickness and shape of the food are uneven, thin parts will easily become cooked. For fish and the like,
wrap the tail with aluminum foil.
● When freezing, be sure to arrange the thickness of the food to be three centimeters or less.
● When heating, remove packaging such as plastic wrap.
● When defrosting two or more pieces of food at the same time, make sure that they are the same type and size of
food.
● When defrosting sashimi, use 6 Defrost and set the doneness adjustment to LO .
E-57
Troubleshooting (Continued)
Troubleshooting
Situation
There are sparks when
using the microwave.
● Are you using the metal tray by mistake?
● Are you using aluminum foil and heating food?
● Did you place aluminum foil on the super grill tray unit?
● Are the walls of the oven cavity, door glass, or the like in contact with aluminum
foil or metal cooking goods?
● Are there food crumbs, or the like on the walls of the oven cavity or ceramic tray?
There was smoke when using
the oven for the first time.
The oven cavity is coated with oil to prevent rusting. When you use the
oven for the first time, run the oven empty to burn off the oil. P. E-5
If smoke occurs
during cooking.
A residue of white
matter is encrusted
on the steam outlet.
Leaving scraps of food, splattered oil, and the like in the oven cavity may
cause it to smoke during cooking. Always clean the over after cooking.
The components of the white matter are what remain when the minerals
contained in tap water (calcium and magnesium) evaporate. The minerals
are not harmful. Wipe them off using a well-wrung wet dishcloth.
After cooking is complete or when
is pushed, there are cases where the fan
may run for about 10 minutes in order to cool down electrical components, but
this is not a malfunction. When cooling completes, the fan stops automatically.
There are times when there is
odor on the super grill tray unit.
The heating element that is welded onto the surface of the super grill tray unit may
sometimes give off an odor, but this does not affect cooking. The odor subsides with use.
During heating, the display area and door
become cloudy, and drops of water fall.
Depending on the menu option, the moisture from the food becomes water vapor, and the
display area and the inside of the door may become cloudy. When dew forms on the inside
of the door and drops of water fall to the floor, wipe them up with a dishcloth.
There are drops of water on
the inside of the oven cavity.
Due to steam cooking and depending on the menu option, the water vapor
that is emitted from the food adheres to the inside of the oven cavity as
drops of water. Wipe the drops of water off frequently.
P. E-52
The oven lamp turns off
during oven preheating.
During preheating, the oven lamp is turned off in order to save
energy. Press
during Oven preheating in order to light the
oven lamp for five seconds.
There are times when the brightness
of the oven lamp changes.
During intermittent operation, the brightness of the oven lamp
may change. This is not a malfunction.
There are times when the convection heater
glows, and times when it does not glow.
To make the temperature in the oven cavity constant, the
power distribution of the convection heater is intermittent.
Settings
Sometimes it is not possible to
set the temperature to 300°C.
When the oven cavity is hot or preheat No, the maximum
temperature that can be set is 250°C.
There are times when the
set temperature changes.
During Oven heating (preheat Yes ), the operation time at 300°C
is about five minutes. Afterwards, the temperature
automatically switches to 250°C.
Display of the oven cavity temperature
during preheating increases or
decreases by 10°C—20°C. In addition,
there is also an intermittent sound.
The temperature display changes until the oven cavity temperature
stabilizes. This is not a malfunction. Because the convection
heater runs intermittently during preheating, you may hear
intermittent sounds, but this is not a malfunction.
Preheating ended before
the specified preheat
temperature was
displayed.
Preheating may end before the set temperature is displayed, due to the
impact of the room temperature, power supply voltage, and so on. In addition,
when 45 minutes pass after preheating has started, preheating stops. When
preheating stops and the oven is left as-is, preheating continues for 10 more
minutes and then the oven heats for the specified amount of time.
During Auto Cooking, the remaining heating time may change
during heating in order to make the food cook efficiently.
The Refill Water display on the control
panel lights up, and food is not cooked
well using the steam menu.
This is because there is no water in the water tank. Refill the tank with water. After about one
to two minutes, the Refill Water display is cleared. Even if you refill the water tank with water,
there may be some cases where the Refill Water display is not cleared in Auto Cooking.
Whether or not
superheated steam is
being emitted is not clear.
There is some steam
leaking from the door.
The amount of water in the
water tank does not decrease.
As the food is heating based on the combined use of the oven
and grill, the temperature inside the oven is hot, and the
superheated steam particles are extremely fine.
A small amount of steam may be emitted, but this is not
abnormal.
The decrease in the amount of water in the water tank differs
depending on the menu option.
When the door is opened when a remaining heating time is not
displayed in Auto Heating, heating is cancelled.
When Notices Are Displayed
Display Examples Cause · Content of Notice
represents a two-digit number.
H display example
How to Resolve
●The method for zeropoint adjustment of the
Triple Weight Sensor is
wrong.
Place only the ceramic tray in the oven, close the door,
and press
. After a few seconds, 0 is displayed and
P. E-5
zero-point adjustment is complete.
●The door was opened
during adjustment of the
Triple Weight Sensor.
Close the door and press
. After a
few seconds, 0 is displayed and zeropoint adjustment is complete.
● The ceramic tray is not
inserted.
Place only the ceramic tray in the oven, close the door,
and press
. After a few seconds, 0 is displayed and
P. E-5
zero-point adjustment is complete.
● There is too much food
for 6 Defrost .
Make sure the amount of food to be
P. E-35
defrosted is from 100–1,000 g.
● The door was opened during
container sensing for My Menu.
Close the door and press
.
Container sensing is completed in
about six seconds.
P. E-31
● There is no water in the
water tank.
Fill the water tank with water.
● Operation is stopped when an abnormality in
the machinery is detected or when there is
temporary malfunction arising from the effect
of external electrical noise and the like.
Press
. (The H display is cleared.)
Alternately, pull out the power plug,
plug it in again, open and close the
door, and turn the power on once more.
Troubleshooting
Drops of water · Oven lamp · Heater
The fan can be heard even
after cooking is complete.
The time remaining
changed during heating.
Heating is cancelled when
the door is opened.
Other
This is for charging the power circuit, and is not a malfunction.
Display
When the power plug is plugged in,
there is a clicking sound or sparks.
Cause
Settings
Noise · Sparks · Smoke · Foreign matter
Troubleshooting
E-58
Situation
Cause
P. E-19
● Parts malfunction
display.
In cases where conditions are not restored to normal or the same display is shown, pull out the power plug, and ask
the Service Center to repair the oven.
E-59
Recipes marked with ● can be made with the Auto Cooking function
P. E-65, E-71, E-75, E-76
Recipe list
About healthy cooking
Low-fat, low-salt recipes
You can remove excess fat and salt with superheated steam technology.
Many dishes can be prepared in a healthy recipe version.
Hamburg steak
●Hamburg steak ..........................................
Fried chicken
E-64
●Fried chicken .............................................
Steamed dishes
E-69
Clams in white wine sauce ............................ E-73
Steak
Healthy fried shrimp
Cabbage rolls
●Steak.............................................................. E-64
●Healthy fried shrimp ...................................... E-69
●Cabbage rolls ................................................ E-74
●Beef stew ....................................................... E-74
Fried bread crumbs
Gratin/Lasagna
●Macaroni gratin .............................................. E-65
White sauce ................................................... E-65
●Lasagna ......................................................... E-65
Mushroom quiche ......................................... E-66
Grilled chicken with herbs
●Grilled chicken with herbs .........................
●Chicken teriyaki .........................................
Manual cooking (fish)
Salmon Meunière .......................................... E-70
Chinjao Rosu
●Stir-fried beef and peppers
(Chinjao Rosu) ............................................ E-70
E-66
Steamed whitefish
Chicken teriyaki
E-66
Skewered chicken
●Yakitori (Skewered chicken) .......................... E-67
Roast chicken
●Roast chicken ................................................ E-67
Gravy
Manual cooking (meat)
Roast beef ..................................................... E-68
Spare ribs ...................................................... E-68
Roast pork ..................................................... E-68
E-60
Healthy recipes show healthy version calories .
●Steamed whitefish ......................................... E-71
●Cabbage-wrapped dumplings ....................... E-71
Manual cooking (vegetables)
Oven-grilled vegetables................................. E-71
Hungarian potatoes ....................................... E-72
Stuffed tomatoes ........................................... E-72
Baked potato
Manual cooking (boiled dishes)
Ketchup shrimp ............................................. E-75
Soup
Squash soup ................................................. E-75
Carrot soup ................................................... E-75
Green pea soup ............................................. E-75
Potato soup ................................................... E-75
Minestrone..................................................... E-75
Rice
Cooked rice ................................................... E-76
Homemade foods (meat)
●Homemade sausage...................................... E-76
●Homemade ham ............................................ E-77
●Beef jerky (plain) ............................................ E-77
Homemade foods (fruits and vegetables)
●Dried herbs and spices .................................. E-78
Celery, parsley, orange peel, dill, chervil, thyme,
sage, peppermint
●Dried fruit ....................................................... E-78
Bananas, apples, kiwi, blueberries, grapes,
strawberries, pineapple
Homemade foods (yogurt)
Yogurt ............................................................ E-79
Two level cooking (meat & vegetables)
●Spiced chicken .............................................. E-80
●Cheese pork medallions ................................ E-80
●Turnip and Vienna sausage soup
.......................................................................... E-81
●Ratatouille ...................................................... E-81
Breakfast combos
Toast (plain) ................................................... E-82
Pizza toast ..................................................... E-82
French toast .................................................. E-82
Fried eggs...................................................... E-83
Scrambled eggs ............................................ E-83
Tuna-topped tomato ..................................... E-83
Bacon wrapped Vienna sausages ................. E-83
●Baked potato ................................................. E-72
●Baked sweet potato ...................................... E-72
Chawanmushi
Homemade foods (fish)
Quick bread
●Chawanmushi ................................................ E-73
●Salmon terrine ............................................... E-78
●Quick bread ................................................... E-84
●Raisin bread ................................................... E-84
E-61
Recipes marked with ● can be made with the Auto Cooking function
French bread
●French bread ................................................. E-85
Bâtard, Coupé
Homemade bread
Butter rolls ..................................................... E-86
Dome-shaped Bread ..................................... E-86
Pizza
●Crispy pizza (Margherita pizza)...................... E-87
Cooking prepared store-bought pizza
Homemade preserves
Strawberry preserves .................................... E-88
Blueberry preserves ...................................... E-88
Orange preserves .......................................... E-88
Coconut preserves ........................................ E-88
Kiwi preserves ............................................... E-88
Sponge cake
●Decorative cake (sponge cake) ..................... E-89
●Cheesecake ................................................... E-90
Desserts
Roll cake (plain) ............................................. E-90
Mocha roll cake ............................................. E-90
Green tea roll cake ........................................ E-90
Chiffon cake (plain) ........................................ E-91
Muffins ........................................................... E-91
Madeleine cookies......................................... E-92
Pound cake (plain) ......................................... E-92
Banana chocolate chip pound cake .............. E-92
Apple pound cake ......................................... E-92
Caramel pound cake ..................................... E-92
Marble pound cake ....................................... E-92
Bolo cookie cakes ......................................... E-93
Baked apples................................................. E-93
Apple compote .............................................. E-93
Cut cookies ................................................... E-94
Pressed cookies ............................................ E-94
Almond cookies ............................................. E-94
Apple pie ....................................................... E-95
Apple preserves............................................. E-95
Brownies ........................................................ E-96
Scones........................................................... E-96
Coffee jelly ..................................................... E-96
Soft pudding .................................................. E-97
Steamed bread .............................................. E-97
Cream puffs ................................................... E-98
Custard cream ............................................... E-98
Healthy recipes show healthy version calories .
P. E-65, E-71, E-75, E-76
Crispy cooking (chilled)
Asia & Middle-East Specialty
●Hamburg steak, chicken steak ...................... E-99
Spicy Prawn Rolls .............................................E-102
Spicy Fish Grilled in Banana Leaves
(Otak-Otak Panggang) ....................................E-103
Glutinous Rice Dumpling with Pork Filling
(Kuih Chang Babi) ..........................................E-103
Stewed Vegetable Nyonya Style
(Chap Chye Masak Titik) .................................E-104
Fish in Spicy Tamarind Gravy
(Asam Gulai) ....................................................E-104
Chicken in Rich Spicy Gravy
(Ayam Kleo) .....................................................E-105
Beef Rendang ...................................................E-105
Spicy Shrimp Soup in Coconut Milk
(Tom Yam Goong) ...........................................E-106
Won Ton Soup ..................................................E-106
Flat Rice Noodles Roll .......................................E-107
Baked Crab with Vermicelli in Clay Pot ...........E-107
Pork in Crystal Balls .........................................E-107
Steamed Puffer with Pickled Plum....................E-108
Soft Rice and Pork Ribs ....................................E-108
Honey Roasted Pork Spare Ribs ......................E-108
Cassertyole Duck Thai Style ............................E-109
Chicken Drum Stick Panang .............................E-109
Masala Chicken ................................................E-109
Fish Kabsa ........................................................E-110
Spicy Bean Soup .............................................E-110
Stuffed Zucchini ...............................................E-111
Lebanese Meatballs ..........................................E-111
Lamb with Green Herbs ...................................E-111
Crispy cooking (frozen prepared foods)
●Frozen Hamburg steak .................................. E-99
Leafy vegetables and root vegetables
●Vinegared cabbage ..................................... E-100
●Potato salad ................................................ E-100
●Italian salad ................................................. E-100
Beverages and instant foods
●Hot chocolate .............................................. E-101
●Warm milk ................................................... E-101
●Instant foods ............................................... E-101
Ramen, other instant noodles, curry,
rice bowl toppings, rice dishes
Steam reheating
●Reheating rice ..............................................E-102
●Reheating side dishes ................................. E-102
Gram equivalents for standard cup, teaspoon, and tablespoon measurements
This table provides
the gram (weight)
equivalents for the
cup, teaspoon, and
tablespoon
measurements
used in this
Cooking Guide.
(1mL=1cc)
Tsp
(5 ml)
5
Tbsp
(15 ml)
15
Cup
(200 ml)
200
Soy sauce, mirin (sweet cooking wine), miso paste
6
18
230
Salt
6
18
240
Sugar (baker's sugar), starch
3
9
130
Flour (cake flour)
3
9
110
Flour (bread flour)
3
9
110
Bread crumbs
1
3
40
Cocoa
2
6
090
Powdered gelatin
3
9
130
White rice
—
—
160
Ketchup
5
15
230
Cooked rice
—
—
120
Measurement
Ingredient
Water, vinegar, sake
Tsp
(5 ml)
5
Tbsp
(15 ml)
15
Cup
(200 ml)
210
Worcestershire sauce
6
18
240
Mayonnaise
4
12
190
Grated Parmesan cheese
2
6
090
Fresh cream
5
15
200
Oil, butter, lard
4
12
180
(Lard: 170)
Measurement
Ingredient
Tomato purée
■Heating times: Approx. 5 min. : Heat for about five minutes 5–10 min. : Heat for around five or ten minutes.
■Heating times are based on room-temperature food ingredients.
■The milliliters (ml) used in the recipe book are equivalent to 1 cc.
■Photos show the dishes prepared and ready to serve.
E-62
• The XX shown in the recipes indicates Auto Cooking, while XX, XX, and XX indicate Manual Cooking functions.
E-63
Hamburg Steak Steak
Auto Cooking
Auto Cooking
Microwave 700 W
Approx. 2 min.
(Preparation) Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
29 Hamburg Steak
Gratin
15 Steak
Hints for using the 15 Steak function
Microwave
Oven
Grill
Preheat Yes
Super gril tray unit (legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Water tank
Standard:
Healthy:
Microwave
Grill
Standard: Empty
Microwave
Superheated Steam
Grill
Healthy: Full
Empty
Steak
Hamburg Steak
Ingredients (serves 1–2)
• You can also select the healthy
Hamburg Steak (4 patties)
Reduces calories by about 490*1
Healthy recipe calories 706*2
medium onion (diced) (100 g)
A
15 g butter
300 g ground beef and pork mixture
3
4 cup (30 g) bread crumbs
3 tbsp milk
B 1 egg (beaten)
1
2 tsp salt
Dash of pepper and nutmeg
2
Add ketchup and Worcestershire sauce
to taste
Hints for using the 29 Hamburg Steak function
Directions
1 If you are making the healthy recipe, fill
the water tank to the full line, and insert it
into the main unit.
2 Combine A in a heat-resistant bowl.
Heat in the oven by pressing
Microwave 700 W , and entering Approx.
2 min. . Let cool slightly before adding
to B . Divide into 4 equal portions.
3 Coat your hands with a small amount
of salad oil. Form oblong patties with the
mixture in 2 and remove air bubbles
from the patties. Make a dent in the
middle of each patty.
4 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit, place the patties on top, and then
set the grill on the ceramic tray. Press
29 Hamburg Steak to cook.
●Number of servings
Makes 2–6 patties
●Making the patty mix
Mix well, making sure the mixture does not
become sticky. Removing air bubbles before
shaping the patties will give you soft, plump
Hamburg steaks.
●Shaping the patties
Making a dent in the center of the patties will
help them cook thoroughly and evenly, and
prevent the center from bulging out once
they are done. Patties should be 1.5–2 cm in
thickness.
●If the patties are underdone
Use the Grill function to manually cook the
Hamburg steaks, checking them often.
●Using a food chopper or processor
to make the patty mixture
Refer to the user’s manual that comes with
the food chopper or processor.
Microwave
Water tank
Oven
Grill
Empty
Macaroni Gratin
Oven
Grill
White sauce
Super gril tray unit (legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Empty
Lasagna
Directions
1 Combine flour and butter in a medium
bowl. Heat in the oven by pressing
Microwave 600W . Whisk until thoroughly
mixed.
2 Slowly add milk to dilute the mixture.
Heat in the oven by pressing Microwave
600W , stirring occasionally.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Ingredients (serves 4)
Total amount
80 g macaroni
100 g chicken thighs (cut into 1-cm
cubes)
8 shrimp (shelled and deveined, tails
removed, cut in half) (100 g)
A 1 white onion (sliced thin) (100 g)
2
1 small can sliced mushrooms (50 g)
25 g butter
Dash of salt and pepper
3 cups white sauce
80 g cheese (shredded and/or grated to
taste)
Directions
1 Boil and drain the macaroni. Add a
small amount of salad oil.
2 Combine A in a medium bowl.
Heat the oven by pressing
Microwave 700W , and entering
Approx. 4 min 30 sec. . Combine with
cooked macaroni.
3 Add half of the white sauce to 2 .
4 Divide 3 into gratin dishes coated
with a small amount of butter. Cover
with the remaining white sauce and
sprinkle with cheese.
5 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit, place the gratin dishes on top,
and then set the grill on the ceramic
tray. Press 16 Gratin/Lasagna to
cook.
1 cup
2 cup
3 cup
Milk
200mL
400mL
600mL
Flour
(cake flour)
20g
30g
40g
Butter
30g
40g
50g
Salt and pepper
Dash
Dash
Dash
Approx.
1 min.
40 sec.
Approx.
2 min.
10 sec.
Heat butter Approx.
and flour
1 min.
Microwave
10 sec.
600W
Add milk
and heat
2–4 min. 5–7 min. 9–11 min.
Microwave
600W
Certain ingredients may splatter
or burst when cooked.
If you use squid, be sure to
make cuts throughout the meat
before cooking. Do not use
whole mushrooms.
6 dried lasagna noodles (100 g)
1 can meat sauce (300 g)
3 cups white sauce
120 g shredded cheese
Directions
1 Boil the lasagna noodles in a large pot
until pliable but firm. Remove from pot,
immerse in cool water, and drain.
2 Layer white sauce, 1 , and meat sauce
3 or 4 times in a baking dish coated with a
small amount of butter. Top with cheese.
3 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit, place 2 in the center, and then set it
on the ceramic tray. Press 16 Gratin/
Lasagna to cook.
Hints for using the 16Gratin/Lasagna function
●Number of servings
Makes 1–4 individual gratin dishes, or
several servings in a single large dish.
●Dishware
Do not use metal dishware. Dishes
should be heat-resistant ceramic,
porcelain, or glass gratin dishes.
●Arranging gratin dishes for cooking
Arrange the gratin dishes on the super grill
tray unit according to the figures shown
below. Place the unit on the ceramic tray
on the bottom of the oven cavity.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
CAUTION
Ingredients (one 20 x 20 x 5 cm baking dish)
Arrange 4
Move 3 dishes
Move 2 dishes
Place 1 dish in
dishes like this towards the center towards the center the center
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
●If the mixture cools before it is cooked
The sauce and ingredients should be
cooked while they are still warm. If they
cool before cooking, set the oven to
Microwave 500W and heat them to a
lukewarm temperature (about 40°C)
before cooking.
●Color variations
The thickness of the white sauce, type
of cheese used, and manufacturer of the
ingredients will affect the color of the
gratin once it is cooked.
●If the gratin is undercooked
Use the following functions to continue
cooking the gratin, checking it often:
Oven , 1 Level , 210°C with Preheat No .
●If the gratin is cooking unevenly
When there are 3–5 minutes of cooking
time left, reverse the direction of the
gratin dishes and finish cooking.
●Do not use the 16 Gratin/Lasagna
function to cook frozen gratin
Arrange the store-bought frozen gratin on
the metal tray. Insert the metal tray in the
middle rack, and press Oven , 1 Level,
210°C , 34–46 min. with Preheat No to cook.
Gratin
Steak
Hamburg Steak
E-64
1
16 Gratin/Lasagna
Step 2
Ingredients (serves 4)
16 Gratin/Lasagna Microwave
Ceramic tray
Step 1
*1 Traditional preparation vs. healthy
recipe calories
*2 Number of calories after cooking
using the healthy recipe (Hitachi data)
Directions
1 Gently pound the steaks. Use the point of a
kitchen knife to cut lightly around the areas
where the fat joins the lean portion of the meat.
Sprinkle with salt and pepper.
2 Open the legs of the super grill tray unit and
set it on the ceramic tray. Press 15 Steak to
preheat.
3 When the beep indicates that preheating is
done, use a thick, dry cloth or oven mitt to
remove the entire ceramic tray, taking care to
avoid burns. Set the ceramic tray on top of the
door.
4 Place 1 on the super grill tray unit. Place
the ceramic tray on the bottom of the oven
cavity and press start. When the beep sounds
indicating that the meat should be turned over,
turn over the steaks and resume cooking.
Once the meat is done, remove immediately.
Auto Cooking
Ingredients
recipe option. See
1–2 beef steaks
(1.5–2 cm thick, 200 g each)
Dash of salt and pepper
●Adjust according to the type of meat
This function will overcook steaks
1–1.5 cm thick or weighing less
than 200 g. Use the LO or M-LO
setting.
The fat from fatty steaks may
accumulate on the super grill tray
unit and catch fire. If this happens,
press the
key and wait until the
fire is extinguished. Do not open the
oven door.
●Use 15 Steak for beef steaks only
This function is calibrated to cook
medium-rare beef steaks.
For chicken, see Grilled Chicken
with Herbs
.
●Use the Manual Cooking function
for thinner steaks
Even on the LO setting, this function
will overcook steaks thinner than 1
cm. Use the Grill function to
manually cook thin steaks, checking
them often.
●Charring
The level of charring depends on the
amount of fat in the steaks. Fattier
steaks tend to char more than
leaner steaks.
●Use chilled steaks
Steaks that are not chilled may end
up well done or overcooked. Use
cool steaks from the refrigerator.
●Make light cuts between the fatty
and lean portions of the meat
To prevent steaks from shrinking or
warping, use the point of a kitchen
knife to cut lightly around the areas
where the fat joins the lean portion
of the meat before cooking.
●Always preheat first
To ensure that the outside of the
steak gets cooked and the center
remains medium rare, be sure to
preheat the oven cavity and super
grill tray unit before cooking.
●Weight
Use this function to cook one or two
steaks, each should be 1.5 to 2 cm
thick and weigh about 200 g each.
●Open and close the oven door
quickly
To avoid burns, use caution when
putting the meat on the super grill
tray unit and when turning the meat
after the indicator beep sounds. Do
these steps quickly and carefully.
●If your steak is underdone
Use the Grill function to manually
cook the steak, checking them
often.
Auto Cooking
Microwave 700 W
Approx. 4 min. 30 sec.
(Preparation)
Super gril tray unit (legs open)
E-65
Grilled Chicken with Herbs Chicken Teriyaki
Auto Cooking
Manual Cooking
Auto Cooking
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
210°C
26–32 min.
Water tank
Empty
Mushroom Quiche
Standard:
Microwave
Grill
Healthy:
Microwave
Oven
Superheated
Steam Grill
Auto Cooking
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Standard: Empty
Healthy: Full
Grilled Chicken with Herbs (2 pieces)
Standard:
Microwave
Grill
Healthy:
Microwave
Oven
Superheated
Steam Grill
Microwave
Oven
Superheated
Steam Grill
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Standard: Empty
17 Yakitori
Chicken Teriyaki (2 pieces)
Reduces calories by about 446*1
Reduces calories by about 329*
Healthy recipe calories 685*2
Healthy recipe calories 802*2
*1 Traditional preparation vs. healthy recipe
calories
*2 Number of calories after cooking using the
healthy recipe (Hitachi data)
Grilled Chicken
with Herbs
Chicken Teriyaki
Yakitori (Skewered chicken)
Ingredients (serves 3–4)
2 chicken breasts or thighs (with skin) (500g)
2 tbsp soy sauce
1 tbsp mirin (sweet cooking wine)
A
1 tsp sugar
Dash of ginger juice
Directions
1 If you are making the healthy recipe,
fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Use a fork to poke holes in the skin of
the chicken. Make shallow cuts in the
thicker portions of the meat. Marinate in
A for 30 minutes to an hour.
3 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit. Set the marinated chicken pieces
skin side up on the unit and set it on the
ceramic tray. Press 31 Chicken Teriyaki
to cook.
Hints for using the 30 Grilled Chicken with Herbs and 31 Chicken Teriyaki functions
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
E-66
●Be careful not to tip the ceramic tray
when removing it after cooking. It
may contain hot fat and juices from
the chicken.
●If you are using chicken with bones,
use the HI setting
●Only cook 1–3 pieces of chicken at a
time
Super grill tray unit
(legs closed)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Full
Roast Chicken
Ingredients (12 skewers)
B
Directions
1 If you are making the healthy recipe,
fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Use a fork to poke holes in the skin of
the chicken. Make shallow cuts in the
thicker portions of the meat. Sprinkle
with A .
3 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit. Set the herbed chicken pieces skin
side up on the unit and set it on the
ceramic tray. Press 30 Grilled Chicken
with Herbs to cook.
Microwave
Oven
Superheated
Steam
●If you do not want to get the super
grill tray unit dirty, cover it with a
cooking sheet. Do not use aluminum
foil, as it can cause sparks.
●If your chicken is undercooked, use
the Grill function to manually cook it,
checking it often.
2 chicken thighs (250 g each,
cut into bite-size pieces)
2 green onions (cut into 4–5 cm pieces)
12 shishito peppers (seeded)
1
2 cup soy sauce
1
4 cup mirin (sweet cooking wine)
2-3 tbsp sugar
1 tbsp salad oil
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Combine the ingredients in B , then
add the ingredients in A to the mixture.
Let sit for 30 minutes to an hour, turning
over occasionally. Arrange the marinated
meat and vegetables alternately on
wooden skewers.
3 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit, place 2 in the center, and set it on
the ceramic tray. Press 17 Yakitori to
cook.
Hints for using the 17 Yakitori function
●Number of serving
The unit can grill 6–12 skewered
chickens at a time.
●Do not use metal skewers
Metal skewers may cause sparks
and/or burns during the microwave
cycle if they come in contact with the
super grill tray unit. Use medium-length
wooden skewers instead.
●If you do not want to get the
super grill tray unit dirty
If you do not want to get the unit dirty,
cover it with a cooking sheet. Do not
use aluminum foil, as it can cause
sparks.
●If the skewers are underdone
Use the Grill function to manually cook
the skewers, checking them often.
Ingredients (1 whole chicken)
1 whole chicken (about 1.2 kg,
innards removed)
1
2 lemon
2 tsp salt
Dash of pepper
100 g each carrot, white onion, celery
(cut into 1–cm pieces)
Salad oil as needed
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 If the neck is still attached to the
chicken, remove it at the base, leaving the
skin behind. Rub the entire chicken with the
cut lemon. Wash the chicken thoroughly
and pat dry. Rub with salt and pepper.
3 Arrange the chicken by bringing the
wings together at the back of the chicken
and placing it breast-side up. Tie the legs
together with cotton cooking string.
4 Close the legs of the super grill tray unit
and spread the cut vegetables on the unit.
Place the chicken breast-side up on the
vegetables and coat lightly with salad oil.
5 Press 18 Roast Chicken to preheat.
6 When the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, place 4 on the
ceramic tray and cook.
Gravy
Ingredients/Directions
Once the chicken is done cooking,
transfer the vegetables and juices in the
super grill tray unit to a saucepan. Add
broth (one cup dissolved bouillon powder)
and simmer to reduce. Strain through a
cloth, and then add salt and pepper.
Hints for using the 18 Roast Chicken function
●The unit can cook one 1.2-kg
chicken at a time.
●If you do not want to get the super
grill tray unit dirty, cover it with a
cooking sheet. Do not use
aluminum foil, as it can cause
sparks.
●If the chicken is undercooked,
remove the ceramic tray and
transfer it to the metal tray. Place
the metal tray on the bottom rack
and press Oven , 1 Level , 220°C
with Preheat No to cook, checking
often.
Skewered chicken
Roast Chicken
Gratin
Grilled Chicken with Herbs
Chicken Teriyaki
Directions
1 Heat butter in a skillet. Sauté the garlic
first, then add the mushrooms. Sprinkle
with salt and pepper.
2 Combine A and the eggs in a bowl
and mix well. Strain the mixture.
3 Combine 1 and 2 . Mix in 2 3 of the
cheese. Pour into a quiche dish coated
with a small amount of butter. Top with
the remaining cheese and place in the
center of the metal tray. Remove the
ceramic tray and insert the metal tray into
the mid rack. Press Oven , 1 Level ,
210°C , 26–32 min. with Preheat No to
cook.
Preheat Yes
Water tank
Full
Ingredients (one 21–cm diameter baking dish)
2 chicken breasts or thighs (with skin) (500g)
Dash of salt and pepper
A Dash each of assorted herbs (thyme,
rosemary, marjoram, etc.) (dried or fresh)
18 Roast Chicken
1
*1 Traditional preparation vs. healthy recipe
calories
*2 Number of calories after cooking using the
healthy recipe (Hitachi data)
Ingredients (serves 3–4)
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Healthy: Full
A
100 g shimeji mushrooms (break apart
any clumps)
6 fresh shiitake mushrooms (sliced thin)
1 clove garlic (finely chopped)
1 tbsp (12 g) butter
Dash of salt and pepper
2 eggs (beaten)
130 ml milk
70 ml fresh cream
A
30 ml broth (dissolve 1 4 bouillon cube)
Dash of salt and pepper
60 g cheese (shredded)
Auto Cooking
31 Chicken Teriyaki
30 Grilled Chicken with Herbs
Metal tray
Mid
Skewered chicken Roast Chicken
If the oven cavity is soiled with oil after cooking
Use the 28 Deodorizing function to clean
the oven. Refer to Removing Unwanted
Smells (Deodorization) on
E-67
Manual Cooking (Meat) Spare Ribs
Manual Cooking
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
220°C
40–50 min.
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Metal tray
Bottom
Oven
Water tank
Empty
Roast Beef
Metal tray
Mid
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
210°C
40–46 min.
Roast Pork
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
Water tank
Empty
Spare Ribs
Auto Cooking
Metal tray
Bottom
Oven
200°C
70–80 min.
Fried Chicken Healthy Fried Shrimp
Empty
Roast Pork
Standard:
Healthy:
(After oven
preheating)
Oven
Superheated
Steam
Grill
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
32 Fried Chicken
Water tank
Auto Cooking
Microwave
Grill
Microwave
Oven
Superheated
Steam Grill
Water tank
Standard:
Empty
Healthy:
Full
19 Healthy Fried Shrimp
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Full
Healthy Fried Shrimp
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Peel and devein the shrimp, leaving the
tails and last joint of the shell. Combine
with A .
3 Sprinkle the breaded shrimp with salt
and pepper, coat with flour, dip in beaten
egg, and then combine with A .
4 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit and place the shrimp in the center.
Place the unit on the ceramic tray and
press 19 Healthy Fried Shrimp to cook.
• You can also select the healthy
recipe. See
Fried Chicken (12 pieces)
Reduces calories by about 230*1
Healthy recipe calories 824*2
Ingredients (serves 3–4)
800 g spare ribs (6–8 ribs)
Dash of salt and pepper
2 tsp ketchup
1 tbsp Worcestershire sauce
3 tbsp red wine
1 tbsp soy sauce
A 1
4 tsp tobanjan (Chinese spicy bean sauce)
1
2 small clove garlic (grated)
1
4 tsp salt
Dash of pepper and nutmeg
500 g whole pork shoulder
1 knob of ginger (chopped)
1
2 green onion (chopped)
A
4 tbsp each soy sauce and sake
1
2 tbsp each sugar and bean paste
Directions
1 Cut the ribs about two-thirds of the way
through along the bone. Sprinkle with salt and
pepper. Combine the ingredients in A and
use the mixture to marinate the ribs in the
refrigerator for about half a day, turning
occasionally.
2 Cover the metal tray with aluminum foil or
a cooking sheet. Arrange the marinated ribs
on top and remove the ceramic tray. Insert
the metal tray in the mid rack and press
Oven , 1 Level , 210°C , 40–46 min. with
Preheat No to cook.
Directions
1 Loop cotton cooking string around the
meat to keep it secure. Put it in a
sealable plastic bag with the ingredients
listed in A . Marinate in the refrigerator
for half a day.
2 Drain excess liquid of 1 . Place it in
the center of metal tray covered with
aluminum foil or cooking sheet. Insert the
metal tray in the bottom rack. Press
Oven , 1 Level , 200°C , 70–80 min. with
Preheat No to cook.
3 Remove the string and cut into thin
slices. Arrange on a plate and serve.
Directions
1 Sprinkle meat with salt and pepper. Coat
with the grated garlic.
Loop cotton cooking string around the roast
to keep it secure and coat lightly with salad
oil.
2 Place the prepared roast on the center of
the metal tray. Remove the ceramic tray.
3 Place the metal tray on the bottom rack.
Press Oven , 1 Level , 220°C , 40–50 min. with
Preheat No to cook.
Wait until the roast is sufficiently cooled
before removing the string and cutting into
thin slices. Serve with vegetables as desired.
[Tips]
Completely cooling the roast in the
refrigerator before slicing will make it
easier to cut and also locks in flavor.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
E-68
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
Fried Chicken
Ingredients (12 pieces)
2 chicken thighs (about 250 g each)
2 tbsp soy sauce
1 1 2 tbsp sake
1
A 1 2 tsp ginger (grated)
1 1 2 tsp garlic (grated)
Dash of pepper
1 tsp starch
Directions
1 If you are making the healthy recipe, fill
the water tank to the full line, and insert it
into the main unit.
2 Cut each chicken thigh into 6 equal
chunks. Combine the ingredients in A
and add them to the chicken. Marinate for
at least 15 minutes.
3 Remove the chicken pieces from the
marinade. Put them in a sealable plastic
bag with the starch and toss together to
coat.
4 Shake excess starch from the chicken
pieces. Open the legs of the super grill
tray unit. Set the marinated chicken
pieces skin-side up on the unit and set
the unit on the ceramic tray. Press
32 Fried Chicken to cook.
Ingredients (12 shrimp)
Hints for using the 19 Healthy Fried Shrimp function
12 shrimp (tiger shrimp)
2 tbsp flour (cake flour)
1 egg (beaten)
Dash of salt and pepper
Fried bread crumbs (prepare by combining
60 g bread crumbs with a generous tbsp of
A olive or sunflower oil)
Small amount of fresh parsley (chopped)
●Number of servings
You should only cook between 80130% of the amount of shrimp
indicated in the recipe at one time.
●If the shrimp is underdone
Press Oven , 1 Level , 180°C with
Preheat No to cook, checking them
often.
Hints for using the 32 Fried Chicken function
●Number of servings
You should only cook between 80-130%
of the amount of chicken indicated in the
recipes.
●Use only a small amount of starch
Since the recipe does not use oil, only a
small amount of starch is needed. Too
much starch will leave clumps on the
cooked chicken.
●Using bone-in chicken
If you are using chicken with bones, use
the HI setting.
●Using store-bought fried chicken mix
You can use store-bought fried chicken
mix as a convenient substitute for A and
starch. Follow the manufacturer's
directions to determine the appropriate
amount of mix to use.
●If you do not want to get the super grill
tray unit dirty
If you do not want to get the unit dirty,
cover it with a cooking sheet. Do not use
aluminum foil, as it can cause sparks.
●If the chicken is underdone
Use the Grill function to manually cook
the chicken, checking it often.
Fried Bread Crumbs
Healthy Fried Shrimp
Ingredients (serves 4)
800 g whole beef shank
Dash of salt and pepper
1 clove garlic (grated)
1
2 tsp salad oil
Fried Chicken
Manual Cooking (Meat)
Roast Pork /Spare Ribs
Ingredients (serves 5–6)
*1 Traditional preparation vs. healthy
recipe calories
*2 Number of calories after cooking
using the healthy recipe (Hitachi
data)
Heat some olive or sunflower oil and
bread crumbs in a skillet. Roast over
medium heat, taking care to shake
the skillet often so that the mixture
does not burn.
E-69
Manual Cooking (Fish) Chinjao Rosu
Manual Cooking
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
230°C
20–30 min.
Steamed Whitefish
Metal tray
Mid
Water tank
Empty
Salmon Meunière
Microwave
Oven
Superheated
14 Chinjao Rosu
Steam
Grill
Cabbage-wrapped Dumplings
Auto Cooking
Auto Cooking
Manual Cooking (Vegetables)
Manual Cooking
Doneness Adjustment LO
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
12 Steamed Whitefish
Water tank
Steam
Microwave
Full
Super grill tray unit
(legs closed)
Ceramic tray
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
Water tank
230°C
25–30 min.
Water tank
Empty
Full
Stir-fired beef and peppers
(Chinjao Rosu)
Metal tray
Mid
Steamed Whitefish
Oven-grilled Vegetables
Ingredients (15 pieces)
3 cabbage leaves (150 g)
130 g ground pork
Ingredients (4 pieces)
Ingredients (standard amount, 2–3 servings)
4 pieces raw salmon (about 100 g each)
Dash of salt and pepper
3 tbsp flour (cake flour)
20 g butter (melt by pressing
Microwave 200W , and entering
Approx. 1 min.)
Tartar sauce to taste
150 g beef (sliced into thin strips)
4 green peppers (seeded and sliced into thin strips)
A
50 g bamboo shoots (sliced into thin strips)
1 tsp soy sauce
1 tbsp oyster sauce
1 tbsp sake
B
1 tsp sugar
1 tsp chicken bouillon powder
1 tsp starch
Fish
Directions
1 Sprinkle the salmon pieces with salt
and pepper, then dust with flour.
2 Cover the metal tray with aluminum
foil. Coat with a small amount of salad
oil, and then arrange the salmon on
top. Pour the melted butter over the
salmon. Remove the ceramic tray and
insert the metal tray in the mid rack.
Press Oven , 1 Level , 210°C , 23–30 min.
with Preheat No to cook.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
E-70
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Lightly sprinkle the meat with salt
and pepper. Dust with 1 tsp of starch
(not listed above).
3 Put 2 and A in a sealable plastic
bag. Combine B and add to the bag
as well. Mix gently.
4 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit. Place the mixture in 3 on the unit
and place it on the ceramic tray.
Press 14 Chinjao Rosu to cook.
Do not remove cooked food
with your bare hands
(Removing cooked food with bare hands
can result in burns)
Containers, oven cavity and surrounding
area, ceramic tray, and grill tray unit may
be extremely hot.
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Lightly sprinkle both sides of the fish
slices with salt and pepper. Wrap each
in a piece of bacon.
3 Stack a piece of yellow pepper,
zucchini slice, and cherry tomato on
each wrapped fish slice. Insert a
toothpick to hold in place.
4 Close the legs of the super grill tray
unit and cover it with a cooking sheet.
Place the fish pieces on the sheet,
combine A , and pour it over all the
fillets. Place the unit on the ceramic tray.
Press 12 Steamed Whitefish to cook.
5 Arrange on a plate. Pour white sauce
on top before serving.
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and insert
it into the main unit.
2 Stack the cabbage leaves so that the stems
and leaf tips face alternating directions.
Cover in plastic wrap and heat using the
7 Leafy Vegetables setting. Slice the cooked
leaves into 15 6-cm squares, avoiding the
stems. Chop up the remaining cabbage.
3 Combine the ground pork with the
seasonings in A . Add the chopped cabbage
from 2 and mix well.
4 Make balls out of the mixture in 3 , and
then place onto each cabbage square and
wrap to create a dumpling shape. Place a
kernel of corn on each.
5 Close the legs of the super grill tray unit.
Arrange the dumplings on top and place the
unit on the ceramic tray. Press 12 Steamed
Whitefish to cook.
Arrange on a plate. Serve with soy sauce,
6
vinegar,
and/or hot mustard paste as desired.
500 g assorted vegetables (squash,
broccoli, red/yellow peppers, jicama,
eggplant, asparagus, mushrooms,
cherry tomatoes, cauliflower, potatoes,
etc.)
Dash of salt and pepper
1 tbsp each olive oil and water
Directions
1 Cut the vegetables into bite-size
pieces or thin slices. Sprinkle with salt,
pepper, olive oil, and water. Cover the
metal tray with a cooking sheet and
arrange the vegetables on top.
2 Remove the ceramic tray and insert
the metal tray in the mid rack. Press
Oven , 1 Level , 230°C , 25–30 min. with
Preheat No to cook.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
Steamed Whitefish
Chinjao Rosu
Manual Cooking
• Use the ceramic tray when cooking with
the microwave heating function.
CAUTION
Ingredients (4 servings)
Manual Cooking (Vegetables)
Ingredients (4 pieces)
4 pieces sliced cod
Dash of salt and pepper
4 strips bacon
4 cherry tomatoes (stems removed)
4 slices zucchini
1
4 yellow pepper (cut into 4 equal
squares)
2 tbsp white wine
1
3 cup broth
A
(dissolve 1 2 bouillon cube)
1 cup white sauce
(see directions on
)
Ginger juice to taste
1 tbsp water
A Dash of salt
1 tsp soy sauce
1 tbsp starch
15 kernels corn
Soy sauce, vinegar, spicy mustard
paste to taste
Using the 7 Leafy Vegetables setting
Hints for using the 14 Chinjao Rosu function
●Number of servings
You should only cook between
80–130% of the amount of ingredients
in the recipe at one time.
●If the ingredients are undercooked
Use the Grill function to manually cook
the ingredients, checking them often.
●Seasonings
Use a store-bought seasoning packet
for an easier recipe.
Hints for using the 12 Steamed Whitefish function
●Number of servings
The steamed whitefish recipe should be used to
make 2–4 servings. For the cabbage-wrapped
dumplings recipe, you should only cook between
80–130% of the amount indicated at one time.
●If your food is underdone
Transfer the food to a plate and cover with plastic
wrap. Place in the oven and set the oven to
Microwave , 500W to cook, checking the food often.
●Using a cooking sheet
Spreading a cooking sheet over
the super grill tray unit prevents it
from becoming dirty. Do not use
aluminum foil, as it can cause
sparks.
E-71
Baked Potato
Manual Cooking
Auto Cooking
8 Root Vegetables
(Preparation)
Metal tray
Mid
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
Steam
Oven
13 Baked Potato Superheated
steam
Super grill tray unit
(legs closed)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Full
Chawanmushi
Steamed Dishes
Auto Cooking
200 W
2–3 min.
(Preparation)
Manual Cooking
Ceramic tray
Steam
11 Chawanmushi
Microwave
Oven
Water tank
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Full
Water tank
230°C
20–25 min.
Empty
Hungarian Potatoes
700 W
3–4 min.
Stuffed Tomatoes
Baked Potato
Chawanmushi
Water tank
Empty
Clams in White Wine Sauce
Hints for using the 11 Chawanmushi function
Ingredients
(one 21–cm diameter baking dish)
3 medium potatoes (450 g)
1 tomato (heated and peeled, then cut
into 1–cm chunks) (150 g)
1 onion (sliced thin) (200 g)
40 g butter
Dash of salt and pepper
50 g cheese (shredded and/or grated to
taste)
Ingredients (6 tomatoes)
6 tomatoes (150 g each)
1 medium can tuna
(in oil, drained) (100 g)
A 15 g bread crumbs
1 clove garlic (finely chopped)
1 tsp basil
40 g butter (melt by pressing Microwave
200W , and entering Approx. 2 min. )
30 g cheese (shredded and/or grated to
taste)
Small amount fresh parsley (chopped)
1
3 tsp salt
Dash of pepper
Directions
1 Peel the potatoes and cut into thin 2-3
mm slices. Rinse and cover in plastic
wrap. Press 8 Root Vegetables and set
the doneness adjustment to LO to cook.
2 Cover the sliced onion in plastic wrap.
Cook by pressing Microwave 700W , and
entering Approx. 1 min. 40 sec. .
3 Layer half the onions, potatoes, and
tomatoes in a baking dish coated with a
small amount of butter. Sprinkle with salt
and pepper, then top with half of the
butter cut into thin slices. Layer the rest
of the ingredients in the same way and
top with cheese. Place the dish on the
metal tray. Remove the ceramic tray and
insert the metal tray in the mid rack.
Press Oven , 1 Level , 230°C , 20–25 min.
with Preheat No to cook.
Directions
1 Cut the tops off of the tomatoes and
remove the stems. Remove the seeds
and turn upside-down to get rid of any
remaining juices.
2 Combine A in a bowl, mixing well.
Add salt and pepper.
3 Fill the hollow tomatoes with the
mixture in 2 . Top with melted butter and
cheese.
4 Cover the metal tray with aluminum foil
or a cooking sheet and arrange the
stuffed tomatoes on top. Remove the
ceramic tray and insert the metal tray in
the mid rack. Press Oven , 1 Level , 230°C ,
20–25 min. with Preheat No to cook.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
4 potatoes (150 g each)
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Poke holes in the potatoes with a
fork or make shallow cuts with a knife.
Close the legs of the super grill tray unit
and arrange the potatoes on top. Place
the unit on the ceramic tray and press
13 Baked Potato to cook.
3 After cooking, stick the potatoes
with a toothpick. If it passes through
easily, they are done.
Baked Sweet Potato
Ingredients (2–4 potatoes)
2–4 sweet potatoes (250 g each)
Directions
Using 4 sweet potatoes (250 g each),
follow the directions for the baked
potatoes recipe.
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Crack the eggs into a bowl and beat
well. Combine A and add to the mixture.
Strain.
3 Sprinkle the chicken with sake and set
aside. Peel and devein the shrimp, leaving
the tails and last joint of the shell.
4 Combine the chicken and shrimp in a
large bowl and cover with plastic wrap.
Cook by pressing Microwave 200W , and
entering 2–3 min. .
5 Divide all of the solid ingredients
(except the mitsuba leaves) evenly among
four chawanmushi custard cups. Pour an
equal amount of the egg mixture in each.
Stir briefly and cover with the lids.
6 Arrange the cups on the ceramic tray
according to the figure on the right. Press
11 Chawanmushi to cook. When they are
finished heating, remove the tray from the
oven cavity and garnish with mitsuba
leaves. Replace the lids and let sit for
about 5 minutes before serving.
1 cup
2 cups (place in the center)
3 cups (place in the center)
4 cup
5 cup
6 cup
Ingredients (2–3 servings)
400 g live steamer clams
2 tbsp white wine
Butter to taste
Small amount fresh parsley (chopped)
Directions
1 Place the clams in a 3% saltwater
solution. Store in a cool, dark place
for three hours to half a day. This will
help remove sand particles.
2 Wash the clams well, rubbing the
shells together. Arrange in a medium
baking dish and add the wine and
butter. Cover loosely with plastic
wrap.
3 Cook by pressing Microwave 700W,
and entering 3–4 min. . When they are
finished cooking, garnish with parsley
and serve.
Chawanmushi
Vegetables
• Use the ceramic tray when cooking with
the microwave heating function.
Ingredients (4 servings)
2 eggs (100 ml)
350–400 ml dashi broth
1
2 tsp each soy sauce and salt
A
1 tsp mirin (sweet cooking wine)
40 g chicken (sliced thin)
Dash of sake
4 small shrimp (with shells)
8 thin slices fish cake
2 dried shiitake mushrooms (reconstituted,
stems removed, sliced into 4 pieces each)
8 boiled gingko nuts
Mitsuba leaves
Steamed Dishes
Baked Potato
Manual Cooking
• Use the ceramic tray when cooking with
the microwave heating function.
Ingredients (4 potatoes)
●Number of servings
Use the recipe to make 1–6 cups.
●Recommended cookware
Use lidded cups about 8 cm in diameter
with a total weight (with lid) of around
200g each.
●Temperature before cooking
The chawanmushi should be at 20–25°C
before cooking. If it is cooler, set the
doneness adjustment to HI . If it is warmer,
set the doneness adjustment to LO .
●Do not fill the cups more than
70% with the egg mixture
Arranging the cups
For four or more cups, equally space
them around the circle at the center of the
ceramic tray. (Figures show the view from
the top.)
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
●Wait until the oven cavity is cool
The chawanmushi will not cook correctly if
you use the Oven , Grill , 28 Deodorizing
function beforehand without allowing the
oven cavity to cool.
●Take care when removing the
cups
The cups will be hot. Use an oven mitt or
dry towel to remove them.
●If the chawanmushi is
underdone
Use the Microwave 200W function to
continue cooking, checking the
chawanmushi often.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Using the 8 Root Vegetables setting
E-72
E-73
Cabbage Rolls
Manual Cooking (Boiled Dishes) Soup
Auto Cooking
7 Leafy Vegetables
Auto Cooking
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
(Preparation)
Microwave
Oven
20 Cabbage Rolls
Microwave
Oven
Ceramic tray
Ceramic tray
Ceramic tray
6 Defrost
20 Cabbage Rolls
Water tank
Empty
Water tank
Empty
Cabbage Rolls
Beef Stew
Microwave
Water tank
700 W
4–5 min.
Microwave
(Relay heating)
Full
Ketchup Shrimp
Ceramic tray
500W
Approx. 5 min.
200W
22–28 min.
700W
Water tank
Approx. 2 min.
Microwave
(Relay heating)
Empty
Vegetable soups
Ceramic tray
500W
Approx. 5 min.
Water tank
200W
22–28 min.
Empty
Minestrone
(squash, carrot, green pea,
potato)
Doneness Adjustment HI
Green pea soup
Squash soup
Ingredients (4 servings)
400 g beef (cubed for stew)
Dash of salt and pepper
1 tbsp flour (cake flour)
1 large potato (cut into chunks and
rinsed) (200 g)
1 medium carrot (cut into chunks) (150 g)
1 medium onion (cut into wedges) (200 g)
Ingredients (4 servings)
Hints for using the 20 Cabbage Rolls function
●Use a large, deep dish
Use a deep dish to prevent the mixture
from boiling over. A lidded bowl made for
boiled dishes is ideal.
●Make the rolls the same size
Use the same amount of ingredients for
each roll to ensure even cooking.
●Use a generous amount of broth
Use enough broth to cover the rolls.
●Let the rolls sit after cooking
This will help bring out their full flavor.
E-74
●Make the necessary preparations
Pre-boil vegetables that leach unwanted
juices or are difficult to cook. If you want
to brown some of the ingredients, do so
in a skillet before boiling.
●Use a drop lid
Use a drop lid to ensure that the broth is
thoroughly infused in the rolls as they
cook. You can use a flat dish or a cooking
sheet with an X-shaped opening cut in
the center.
Directions
1 Sprinkle the meat with salt and
pepper, then dust with flour.
2 Heat the salad oil in a skillet. Cook
the meat until browned, then add the
vegetables and cook thoroughly.
3 Combine A and heat it in a
separate skillet until browned.
Combine B and add it to the
mixture. Bring to a boil, stirring
briskly with a whisk to prevent
clumping.
4 Combine 2 and 3 in a bowl and
stir. Cover. Press 20 Cabbage Rolls
and set the doneness adjustment to
HI to cook. Stir once or twice during
cooking. Add fresh cream to taste
before serving.
250 g frozen shrimp (with shells)
2 tbsp green onion (finely chopped)
1 tsp ginger (minced)
1
2 tsp starch
2 tbsp ketchup
4 tbsp sake
A
1 tsp sugar
1
2 tsp tobanjan (Chinese spicy
bean sauce)
1
2 tbsp salad oil
Dash of salt and pepper
Cooked greens (as needed)
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line,
and insert it into the main unit.
2 Unwrap the shrimp and arrange
them on their foam tray. Press
6 Defrost to defrost.
3 Submerge the shrimp in water.
Peel and devein them, leaving the
tails and last joint of the shell. Pat dry
and arrange in a medium dish.
Sprinkle lightly with salt and pepper
and set aside.
4 Sprinkle shrimp with 1 tsp (not
listed) of starch. Combine A and
add to the shrimp, mixing briefly.
Cover lightly with plastic wrap.
5 Cook by pressing Microwave
700W , and entering 4– 5 min. .
Remove and stir. Serve on a bed of
cooked greens.
[Tips]
• See the hints for 6 Defrost on
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Ingredients (2–3 standard servings)
200 g vegetables (carrot, squash, potato,
or boiled green peas)
1
3 onion (sliced thin) (70 g)
1 1 2 cups water
A
1 bouillon cube
1 tbsp butter
2 strips bacon (carrot soup only)
1 cup milk
Directions
1 Carrots or potatoes: peel and cut
into thin slices. Squash: peel and cut
into chunks.
2 Put the cut vegetables in a bowl.
Add the onion, butter, and the
ingredients in A . For carrot soup,
add thinly sliced bacon strips.
3 Cover with a cooking sheet and a
drop lid (see soup hints). Relay
heating
P. E-42 by pressing
Microwave 500W , and entering
Approx. 5 min. , then pressing
Microwave 200W , and entering
22–28 min. . Put the mixture in a
blender and add the milk. Once
blended, transfer to a bowl and cook
by pressing Microwave 700W , and
entering Approx. 2 min. .
4 Add parsley and croutons to taste
before serving.
Ingredients (2–3 standard servings)
1
A
B
2 medium onion (cut into small
chunks) (100 g)
1
3 carrot (cut into small chunks)
(50 g)
1
2 stalk celery (cut into small
chunks)
1
2 large potato (cubed) (50 g)
40 g cabbage (cut into 1-cm
squares)
30 g boiled soybeans
30 g tomato (peeled, seeded, and
cut into small chunks)
1 strip bacon (cut into 1-cm pieces)
20 g macaroni (do not use quickcook noodles)
Soup
Cabbage Rolls
8 cabbage leaves (500 g)
200 g ground beef and pork mixture
1
4 onion (diced) (50 g)
3 tbsp milk
A 30 g bread crumbs
1
4 egg
Dash each of nutmeg, salt, and
pepper
1 1 2 cups broth (dissolve 1 bouillon
cube)
B 1 4 cup ketchup
2 tsp soy sauce
Dash of salt and pepper
1
4 onion (sliced thin) (50 g)
Directions
1 Stack the cabbage leaves so that the stems
and leaf tips face alternating directions. Cover in
plastic wrap and heat using the 7 Leafy Vegetables
setting. Once cooked, thinly slice the stems.
Drain.
2 Combine the ingredients in A in a bowl and
add the sliced cabbage stems. Mix together well.
3 Divide the mixture in 2 into eight equal parts.
Shape into oval patties and lay on top of the
flattened cabbage leaves from 1 , and then roll
the leaves.
4 Line a baking dish with the sliced onion and
set the cabbage rolls on top. Combine B and
pour on top. Cover with a drop lid
(see the hints for 20 Cabbage Rolls ) and press
20 Cabbage Rolls to cook.
Using the 7 Leafy Vegetables setting
Ingredients (2–3 servings)
Potato soup
Manual Cooking
25 g butter
40 g flour (cake flour)
2-2 1 2 cups broth (dissolve 2 bouillon
cubes)
1
4 cup tomato purée
3 tbsp red wine
B 1 2 tbsp sugar
1
3 tsp salt
Dash of pepper
3 bay leaves
Dash of salad oil
Fresh cream to taste
A
Carrot soup
1 1 2 cup water
1 bouillon cube
1 1 2 cups tomato juice
Dash of salt and pepper
Directions
1 In a bowl, combine the ingredients
in A . Combine B and add to the
mixture. Drop lid with a cooking
sheet (see Cabbage Rolls
hints
P. E-74 ). Relay heating
P. E-42 by pressing
Microwave 500W , and entering
Approx. 5 min. , then pressing
Microwave 200W , and entering
22–28 min. .
[Tips]
• Blending can be omitted if desired.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
E-75
Rice
Homemade Foods (Meat)
Manual Cooking
Microwave
Oven
Steam
Ceramic tray
Microwave
(Relay heating)
700 W
Approx. 9 min.
200 W
25–30 min.
Auto Cooking
Auto Cooking
Microwave
Oven
Steam
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
26 Homemade Foods
26 Homemade Foods
Auto Cooking
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Water tank
Water tank
Empty
Full
Full
Cooked Rice
Homemade Sausage
Microwave
Oven
Steam
26 Homemade Foods
Water tank
Full
Beef Jerky
(plain)
Homemade Ham
Doneness Adjustment LO
Ingredients (4 servings)
Ingredients
2 cups rice (320 g)
440–480 ml water
150–200 g lean beef (sliced thin)
Dash of salt and pepper
Ingredients (4 servings)
Ingredients (4 servings)
400 g ground pork
1 tbsp grated onion
1 tsp garlic (grated)
3 tbsp milk
2 tbsp starch
1 1 2 tsp salt
Dash each of pepper, nutmeg, paprika,
clove, thyme, or other spices
Dash of salad oil
(Using the relay heating function
●Use a large, deep bowl
Use a large, deep bowl to prevent the rice
from boiling over. A store-bought
heat-resistant cooking dish with a lid is ideal.
)
●Let the rice soak first
Before cooking, let the rice sit in the amount of
water indicated for 30 minutes to an hour. This will
allow it to absorb the necessary amount of water.
●Water and cooking times
Rice
Water
1 cup (160 g)
240–260 ml
Approx. 6 min.
3 cups (480 g)
640–700 ml
Approx. 12 min.
Microwave 700W
Relay heating
Microwave 200W
Approx.16 min.
Approx.30 min.
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Combine all the ingredients and mix well.
Shape into a single patty. Place a small
amount of salad oil on your hands. Holding
the patty in one hand, use the other to
lightly pound the meat smooth and remove
air bubbles.
3 Form the meat into an oblong shape
approximately 7
cm in diameter.
Use a cooking
sheet to roll it
up, and then tie
both ends.
4 Open the
legs of the
super grill tray unit and place the roll on top.
Put the unit on the ceramic tray and press
26 Homemade Foods to cook.
[Tips]
• The spices in the sausage allow it to retain
its freshness and taste for up to a week if
refrigerated.
• Serve as hors d'oeuvre or use as an
ingredient in salads or fried rice.
500 g whole pork loin
2 tbsp salt
2 tsp sugar
3 tbsp white wine
20 g each onion and carrot (both
sliced thin)
Small amount celery leaves
A 1 clove garlic (sliced thin)
Dash each of assorted spices
(pepper, nutmeg, paprika, clove,
thyme, rosemary, etc.)
1 tsp each sugar and salad oil
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and insert
it into the main unit.
2 Poke holes in the surface of the pork with a
fork, and then rub in the salt and sugar.
Combine the ingredients in A and transfer
them to a sealable plastic bag. Add the pork
and seal the bag, removing the air from inside.
3 Place 2 in a dish and weigh down with a
heavy (500 g) stone. Let marinate for 2–3 hours
in the refrigerator.
4 Remove the pork from the bag and place it
in a dish filled with water. Let sit in the
refrigerator for about half a day, changing the
water occasionally.
5 Drain the pork and pat dry with a paper
towel. Coat with the sugar and salad oil
mixture. Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit and place the meat on top. Put the unit on
the ceramic tray and press 26 Homemade
Foods to cook.
6 Let the ham cool completely before
wrapping it in plastic wrap and chilling it in the
refrigerator.
[Tips]
• Because homemade ham contains no
preservatives, it will spoil quickly. Do not
keep longer than one week.
• If serving alone as an hors d'oeuvre, soak
for 24 hours to lower the salt content.
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and insert
it into the main unit.
2 Sprinkle the meat with salt and pepper. Open
the legs of the super grill tray unit and place the
meat on top, distributing weight evenly.
3 Put 2 on the ceramic tray. Press
26 Homemade Foods and set the doneness
adjustment to LO to cook. Turn occasionally
while cooking.
4 Continue cooking with the 26 Homemade
Foods and LO doneness adjustment, checking
the beef often.
Homemade Foods (Meat)
Rice
Homemade Foods (Meat)
Directions
1 Rinse and drain the rice. Transfer
to a deep bowl and add the water.
Cover with a lid and let soak for
about an hour.
2 Relay heating
P. E-42 by
pressing Microwave 700W , and
entering Approx. 9 min. , then pressing
Microwave 200W , and entering
25–30 min. . Stir. Cover with a cloth
and lid to continue steaming.
Rice hints
E-76
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Hints for using the 26 Homemade Foods function
●Two different settings
The homemade foods function can be
used in two ways. To make dried fruits
and vegetables, use the 26 Homemade
Foods function with the LO doneness
adjustment. To make homemade ham or
sausage, cook your food slowly using
the 26 Homemade Foods function with
the MED or HI doneness adjustment.
●Number of servings
You should only cook between
80–130% of the amount of ingredients
indicated in the recipes at one time.
●Accessories used
Food is heated on the super grill tray
unit.
●Making dried foods with
26 Homemade Foods on LO
Cooking times will vary depending on
the amount, shape, thickness, and water
content of the food you are drying. Be
sure to check the food often and adjust
cooking times as needed.
●Maximum cooking times
The LO doneness adjustment can be set
for a maximum of 60 minutes. The M-HI
and HI adjustments can be set for up to
90 minutes. Certain recipes require
cooking times of two or three hours. For
these items, you must use two or three
consecutive cooking cycles.
●If your food is underdone
If foods like homemade ham or sausage
are underdone, set the doneness
adjustment to M-LO and continue
cooking, checking the food often.
E-77
Homemade Foods (Fish) Homemade Foods (Fruits and Vegetables)
Auto Cooking
Microwave
Oven
Steam
26 Homemade Foods
Auto Cooking
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Microwave
Oven
Steam
26 Homemade Foods
Manual Cooking
Microwave 700 W 5–7min.
(Preparation)
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Doneness Adjustment M-LO
Steam
Microwave
Full
Full
Salmon Terrine
Homemade Foods (Yogurt)
Dried Herbs and
Spices
Dried Fruit Assortment
Doneness Adjustment LO
Doneness Adjustment LO
Bananas, apples, kiwi, blueberries,
grapes, strawberries, pineapple
Steam
fermentation
150–180 min.
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Full
Yogurt
Doneness Adjustment M-LO
Ingredients (4 servings)
Bananas
Celery
Blueberries
Orange peel
Parsley
500 ml milk (at least 3.0% milk fat)
50–100 g plain yogurt (used as a starter
culture)
Grapes
Kiwi
Dill
Ingredients
(one 18 x 8 cm glass baking dish)
5 pieces raw salmon (about 100 g
each)
1 tbsp white wine
2 egg whites
1 cup fresh cream
1
3 tsp salt
Dash of pepper
1 tsp paprika
12 black olives (seeded)
Fruits and Vegetables
Fish
[Tips]
• If the surface of the loaf begins to dry out,
cut a piece of cooking sheet slightly
smaller than the top of the loaf and lay it
on top while cooking.
E-78
Thyme
Sage
Peppermint
Ingredients
20–50 g celery leaves
20–50 g parsley (divided)
50 g orange peel (white fiber removed
and julienned)
30 g each of dill, chervil, thyme, sage,
peppermint
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line,
and insert it into the main unit.
2 Select the desired ingredients.
Rinse thoroughly and pat dry with a
paper towel.
3 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit and spread the ingredients on
top. Put the unit on the ceramic tray.
Press 26 Homemade Foods and set
the doneness adjustment to LO to
cook. (Depending on how quickly the
ingredients dry out, you may have to
repeat the cooking cycle.)
4 Ingredients other than the orange
peel can be crumbled by hand once
they are dried.
[Tips]
• Remove dried celery and parsley when
they are richly colored and can be crushed
by pinching between your fingers.
Pineapple
Strawberries
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line,
and insert it into the main unit.
2 Select and prepare the ingredients
● Peel 3 or 4 kiwi and a 1 4 pineapple
and cut into thin (3–4 mm) slices.
● Rinse the strawberries (one pack)
and grapes (one bunch)
individually and then dry. Cut into
thin (3–4 mm) slices.
● Peel 2 bananas (200 g each) and
cut into 5-mm slices. Sprinkle with
the juice of half a lemon and let
stand for a minute before drying.
● Rinse the apple well and cut it into
4 lengthwise pieces, removing the
core. Slice each piece thinly and
dunk in saltwater before rinsing in
plain water and drying.
● Rinse the blueberries (one pack)
well and cut each one in half
3 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit and place the fruit on top. Put
the unit on the ceramic tray. Press
26 Homemade Foods and set the
doneness adjustment to LO to cook.
4 Continue cooking with the
26 Homemade Foods and LO
doneness adjustment, checking the
fruit often.
[Tips]
• Cooking times will vary depending on the
amount, shape, thickness, and water
content of the fruit. Be sure to check the
fruit often and adjust cooking times as
needed.
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Prepare a lidded baking dish by
sterilizing it with boiling water. Let dry.
3 Pour the milk into the dish and replace
the lid. Cook by pressing Microwave
700W , and entering 5–7 min. . Heat to
about 80°C.
4 Let the milk cool until it is lukewarm.
Add the yogurt and stir well until evenly
dissolved.
5 Replace the lid and ferment by
pressing Steam Microwave Leaven , and
setting the doneness adjustment to
M-LO (20 W). Enter Approx. 90 min. .
6 When the beep sounds, press Steam
Microwave Leaven , and set the
doneness adjustment to M-LO (20 W) for
60–90 min. . Continue fermenting until the
milk reaches the desired firmness.
7 When the yogurt is finished, let it cool
before placing it in the refrigerator to chill.
[Tips]
• Enjoy with your favorite jam or fruit, or use
as an ingredient in curries or tandori
chicken.
• Homemade jams
Yogurt can also be eaten with homemade
preserves
Manual Cooking (Leavening)
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Yogurt hints
●Number of servings
The recipe is designed for 500 ml of
milk. Using more milk will require
adjusting the cooking and fermenting
settings.
●Use a lidded baking dish
Sterilize the baking dish with boiling
water immediately before using it and
let dry completely. Also make sure to
use clean spoons and measuring cups.
●Selecting milk
Use regular fresh milk with a fat content
of at least 3.0%. Using low fat milk will
result in watery yogurt. Even milk
pasteurized at high temperature
(marked at 120–180°C) should be
heated to about 80°C before using.
Lactic bacteria cannot live at
temperatures above 60°C. Make sure
the milk is at the right temperature
before adding the yogurt.
✐●About yogurt starter cultures
• Use commercially available fresh,
plain yogurt (nonfat solids content
9.5%, milk fat 3.0%)
• Using yogurt with a different nonfat
solids or milk fat content, or with
sugar or fruit added, will result in
inferior yogurt.
• The more starter culture you use, the
easier it is to make the yogurt.
• Do not use the homemade yogurt as
a starter culture to make more yogurt.
Homemade Foods Fruits and Vegetables
Homemade Foods
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line,
and insert it into the main unit.
2 Remove the skin and bones from
the salmon and cut into bite-size
pieces. Use a mortar to crush the
pieces into a paste.
3 Add the white wine, egg whites,
fresh cream, salt, pepper, and
paprika. Mix well.
4 Cut the black olives in half. Cover
the baking dish with a cooking sheet.
Press in the salmon mixture,
distributing the olives evenly. Flatten
the top.
5 Open the legs of the super grill tray
unit and place the dish in the center.
Put the unit on the ceramic tray.
Press 26 Homemade Foods and set
the doneness adjustment to M-LO to
cook.
Chervil
Apples
●Determining when the yogurt is done
The yogurt is done when the milk
becomes firm. Immediately let the
mixture cool and store it in the
refrigerator. Continuing to ferment the
yogurt once it is done will cause it to go
sour.
●Storage and expiration period
Store the yogurt in the refrigerator and
eat within two or three days.
E-79
Two Level Cooking (Meat & Vegetables)
Vegetable Dishes (bottom level)
Auto Cooking
Steps for 25 Two Level Cooking (Meat & Vegetables)
Turnip and Vienna Sausage Soup Ratatouille
1 Select and prepare one meat dish and one
25 Two Level Cooking
Microwave
Oven
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
(Meat & Vegetables)
Water tank
Empty
vegetable dish
2 Remove the ceramic tray and place the
vegetable dish in the center. Open the
legs of the super grill tray unit. Place the
meat dish on the unit and put the unit on
the ceramic tray placed at the bottom of
the oven cavity.
3 Cooking using the 25 Two Level Cooking
(Meat & Vegetables) function.
Meat Dishes (Top Level)
Cheese Pork Medallions
Spiced Chicken
Ingredients (4 servings)
2 chicken thighs (about 250 g each)
2 tbsp soy sauce
1 tbsp sake
1
2 tbsp sesame oil
A 1 1 2 tbsp sugar
1 ginger (chopped)
1 tsp tobanjan (Chinese spicy bean sauce)
400 g pork fillets (cut into 12 equal pieces)
Dash of salt and pepper
6 strips bacon
1 1 2 tbsp mayonnaise (18 g)
A 1 tsp soy sauce
2
40 g shredded mozzarella cheese
Chopped parsley to taste
1 Japanese eggplant (70 g)
1
4 each red and yellow pepper (80 g)
1
2 zucchini (100 g)
100 g squash
1 clove garlic (chopped)
A
1 tbsp olive oil
100 g canned whole tomatoes (cut into chunks)
1
2 cup water
1 bouillon cube
B
1 tbsp white wine
1 bay leaf
Dash of salt and pepper
Directions
1 Remove and discard the turnip leaves. Leave a small
amount of the stem. Peel and cut into fourths. Make
diagonal cuts in the Vienna sausages.
2 Place the turnips and sausages in a large, heat-resistant
glass bowl. Combine and add A . Cover with a cooking
sheet and drop lid (see 25 Two Level Cooking (Meat &
Vegetables ) hints).
3 Stir before serving.
Directions
1 Cut the vegetables into 2-cm chunks. Cover the squash
in plastic wrap and heat using the 7 Leafy Vegetables
setting with the doneness adjustment set to MED .
2 Combine A in a large, heat-resistant glass bowl.
Press Microwave 600W , and enter Approx. 1 min. 10 sec.
to cook.
3 Add the vegetables and the combined ingredients in B
to the bowl. Cover with a cooking sheet and drop lid (see
25 Two Level Cooking (Meat & Vegetables) hints).
4 Stir before serving.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Directions
1 Cut each chicken thigh into 6 equal pieces. Combine A
and add to the chicken. Marinate for at least 30 minutes.
2 Remove chicken from the marinade and pat dry with a
paper towel. Open the legs of the super grill tray unit and
place the chicken skin-side up in the center.
Directions
1 Sprinkle the pork fillets with salt and pepper and let sit.
2 Cut the bacon strips in half lengthwise to make thin
bacon belts. Wrap one around each pork fillet and secure
with a toothpick.
3 Open the legs of the super grill tray unit and place the
wrapped pork in the center. Combine A and use it to coat
the top of the fillets. Top with shredded mozzarella cheese
and parsley.
CAUTION
E-80
Ingredients (4 servings)
3 turnips (200 g)
1 bag Vienna sausages (100 g)
1 cup water
1
2 bouillon cube
A
Dash of salt and pepper
Do not remove cooked food with your bare hands
Do not cook small amounts of food
(Serious burns can result)
Do not cook less than two-thirds the amount of food
indicated in the recipe, as small quantities of food can
burn in the oven.
Homemade Foods Meat and Vegetables
Homemade Foods Meat and Vegetables
Ingredients (4 servings)
Ingredients (4 servings)
Hints for using the 25 Two Level Cooking (Meat & Vegetables) functions
●Recommended
bowl
Use a wide-mouthed,
heat-resistant glass
bowl. A good size is 25
cm in diameter (22.5 cm inner diameter) and 10 cm
deep.
●Ingredients
Try to cut the ingredients in equally sized pieces.
●Do not cover with plastic wrap or a lid
This will prevent the liquids from reducing properly
during cooking.
●Using a drop lid
Cut a cooking sheet into a circle slightly smaller
than the mouth of the bowl. Cover with a lid that
has an X-shaped opening cut in the center. This will
allow the contents to heat evenly.
●Skimming vegetables
Skim the vegetables once they are cooked.
●Use plenty of broth
Use enough broth so that the soup ingredients are
covered completely.
●Hard-to-cook vegetables
Place hard-to-cook vegetables in the bottom of a
dish that conducts heat easily.
●Number of servings
You should only cook between 80–130% of the
amount indicated in the recipes at one time.
●If your meat is underdone
Remove the dishes that are completely cooked. For
underdone meat, use the Grill function to continue
cooking
. For vegetables, cook by
pressing Microwave 500W . Check the food often.
E-81
Breakfast Combos
Side dish (select two)
Manual Cooking
Breakfast combo steps
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and insert it into
Metal tray
Top
Ceramic tray
Superheated steam
Grill
15–19 min.
Fried Eggs
Tuna-topped Tomato
Bacon-wrapped Vienna Sausages
the main unit.
Water tank
2 Select one main dish and two side dishes. Arrange
them vertically in the center of the metal tray.
Full
Toast Combos
Main dish (toast) and two sides
Fried Egg
Ingredients
Ingredients
Ingredients
2 eggs
1 tsp water
Dash of salt and pepper
2 tomato slices (1.5 cm thick)
1
3 small can tuna
20 g onion (sliced thin)
A
1 tsp mayonnaise
Dash of salt and pepper
Dried parsley (see
)
Shredded mozzarella cheese
4 Vienna sausages
2 strips bacon (cut in half)
Bacon-wrapped sausages
3 Set up the ceramic tray and insert the metal tray
into the top rack. Press Superheated steam , Grill ,
15-19 min to cook.
Toast (plain)
Directions
Coat two aluminum-foil baking cups
with a thin layer of salad oil. Crack
the eggs and put one in each cup.
Sprinkle with water, and then sprinkle
lightly with salt and pepper. Place the
eggs on the metal tray.
CAUTION
Main dish: Toast (select one)
Toast (Plain)
Pizza Toast
French Toast
Directions
Wrap the Vienna sausages in the cut
bacon strips and secure with a
toothpick. Place in aluminum-foil
baking cups, two to each cup. Place
on the metal tray.
Do not cook whole or unbeaten
eggs except as indicated in the
recipes above .
Ingredients
Ingredients
Ingredients
2 slices breakfast toast
2 slices breakfast toast
30 g onion (sliced thin)
1
2 green pepper (sliced thin)
1 strip bacon (cut into 1-cm pieces)
Prepared pizza sauce
Shredded mozzarella cheese
4 slices French bread (1.5–2 cm thick)
1
2 cup milk
A 1 tbsp sugar
2
1 egg (beaten)
Dash of vanilla extract
Butter
Directions
Spread pizza sauce on one side of
the toast pieces. Top with the onion,
green pepper, and bacon, then
sprinkle with cheese. Arrange the
slices of toast vertically on the metal
tray.
Directions
1 Combine the ingredients in A and
mix well. Once the sugar is dissolved,
add the eggs and vanilla extract and
strain. Pour the mixture into a
flat-bottomed dish.
2 Coat one side of each slice of
French bread with butter. Place the
slices butter-side up in the egg
mixture and allow them to soak
briefly.
3 Cover the center of the metal tray
with aluminum foil or a cooking sheet
and place the bread slices on top.
After cooking, sprinkle with a bit of
cinnamon sugar as desired.
French Bread
Breakfast
Combos
(whole or unbeaten eggs may
explode).
•Always beat eggs before cooking.
Directions
Arrange the slices of toast vertically
on the metal tray.
E-82
Directions
Place each tomato slice in an
aluminum-foil baking cup. Combine
A and arrange on top of each slice.
Top with a piece of dried parsley and
place on the metal tray.
Scrambled Eggs
Breakfast combo hints
●Make two servings at a time.
Choose one main dish and two
side dishes from among those
listed. Other combinations will not
cook properly.
Ingredients
2 eggs (beaten)
1 tbsp milk
A 1 tsp sugar
Dash of salt
Directions
1 Combine A . Add it to the eggs and
stir. Pour into individual baking cups and
place the cups on the metal tray.
2 Once cooked, scramble immediately.
●Use baking cups made from
aluminum foil or other oven-safe
materials. If you use ceramic or
glass baking cups, use shallow,
flat-bottomed dishes 3–4 cm deep.
●Lightly coating the baking cups
with butter or salad oil before
cooking will prevent the food from
sticking.
●When using toothpicks, make
sure that they are resting
horizontally in the oven before
cooking.
●Only one side of the toast slices
prepared as part of a breakfast
combo will brown.
●If your food is underdone, first
remove the dishes that are
completely cooked. Use the Grill
function to manually cook the rest,
checking the food often.
E-83
Quick Bread
Auto Cooking
Microwave 500W
Approx. 30 sec.
Steam Microwave
leavening
30 W 8–12 min.
21 Quick Bread (Preparation)
Steam
Oven
French Bread
Auto Cooking
Steam oven leavening 35°C
(Preparation)
Metal tray
Mid
Ceramic tray
Water tank
22 French Bread
Full
(Preheat Yes)
• Use the ceramic tray when cooking with
the Steam Microwave Leaven function.
●Sealable plastic bag
Use a sealable plastic back about 25 x 35 cm
in size. The semi-transparent type designed for
microwave cooking is ideal, but clear plastic is
also acceptable. Make sure the bag is tightly
sealed and has no holes before using.
150 g flour (bread flour)
A 1 tbsp sugar (9 g)
1
3 tsp salt (2 g)
1 tsp dry yeast powder (quick-rise type)
(2.5 g)
90–100 ml water
1 tbsp butter (12 g)
Full
●Adjust the leavening time as needed
The dough will rise at different speeds
depending on the season, ambient
temperature, and temperature of the ceramic
tray. Leave 8–12 minutes for the first rise, and
adjust the second rise as needed.
Second rise
For denser dough
For fluffier dough
12–20 min
6–8 min
●Do not let the dough dry out
When splitting or shaping the dough, keep it
covered with a moist cloth or store in a plastic
bag to prevent drying.
●Shaping (rounding) the dough
Place the dough smooth-side up. Round it by
tucking the cut edges into the center
underneath. Use your fingers to pinch the
underside of the ball closed.
●Knead thoroughly
Kneading the dough thoroughly prevents the
flour from clumping and causes the dough to
stretch out and become sticky. Continue
kneading until the dough sticks together in a
single clump and separates from the sides of
the plastic bag.
●Proper leavening
Factors like ambient temperature and the type
of yeast can cause the dough to rise
differently. The dough should take on a netlike
appearance after the first rise and grow
between 120 and 150% in size.
First rise
The dough should grow about another 150%
in size during the second rise.
●For glazed rolls
Before baking, coat the surface of the dough
with a thin layer of beaten egg mixed with a
pinch of salt.
Second rise
●If the rolls are underdone
Use the following functions to continue
cooking the rolls, checking often: Oven ,
Preheat No , 1 Level , 180°C .
9 Roll each section of dough into a ball.
Cover the ceramic
tray with a cooking
sheet and place
them in the center
(see photo).
10 Start the second
rise by pressing
Steam Microwave
Leaven . Set the
doneness
adjustment to MED
(30 W) and enter 8–12 min..
11 When the dough is finished rising, pick
up the ends of the oven sheet and transfer it
to the metal tray. Insert the metal tray in the
mid rack and press 21 Quick Bread to bake.
Raisin Bread
Ingredients/Directions
Add raisins (30 g) to the kneaded bread
dough in step 5 and bake.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Heat Using Steam Microwave Leavening
Bâtard, Coupé
Ingredients (one bâtard, two coupé)
330 g flour (bread flour)
80 g flour (cake flour)
A
5 g sugar
8 g salt
3 generous tsp dry yeast powder
(quick-rise type) (8 g)
1 generous tsp lemon juice (6 ml)
B
220–260 ml lukewarm (30°C) water
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Combine A in a bowl and sprinkle in
the dry yeast. Combine and add B . Mix
thoroughly, until the mixture becomes a
single clump.
3 Continue kneading until the dough is
no longer sticky and separates easily
from the bowl.
4 Place the dough on a flat surface and
pound to flatten.
Fold and repeat,
kneading for
about 15
minutes. Shape
into a ball.
5 Place the
dough in a bowl lightly coated with butter.
Place the bowl on the metal tray and
insert it into the bottom rack. Press
Steam , Oven , 1 Level , Leaven 35°C and
enter 25–60 min. with Preheat No to rise.
6 When the dough has risen to about
twice its original size, coat a finger with
flour and poke the center of the dough. If
the hole retains its shape, the rising is
complete.
7 Turn the bowl over to remove the
dough. Use a dough cutter or kitchen
knife to cut into one bâtard (390 g) and
two coupé (140 g each).
8 Lightly pound the bread to remove any
air bubbles. Round the dough to ensure
that the surface is smooth. Cover with a
moist towel and plastic wrap and let rest
for 5–20 minutes (bench time).
9 Lengthen the bâtard until it is 20 cm
long. Turn it over so that the bottom side
when resting is now the top. Use a rolling
pin to flatten it into a 30–cm oblong
shape.
Bâtard,
10 Fold one side of
the oblong shape
lengthwise 1 3 of
the way in. Press
the folded portion
down with your
right palm. Then
fold the dough
again lengthwise
and completely seal
the crease. Roll out
into a loaf long
enough to just fit
into the metal tray
at a diagonal.
11 Flatten the coupé into circular shapes 15
cm in diameter. Fold the edge facing you
towards the center, leaving about a third of
the dough on the far side. Fold the remaining
third on top of the existing fold and
completely seal the crease.
12 Shape the ends of the coupé into rounded
points, and then roll the dough to form an
egg shape.
13 Place the shaped dough on a metal tray
lightly coated with butter. Make sure the
creases are facing down. Insert the metal tray
in the bottom rack. Press Steam , Oven ,
1 Level , Leaven 35°C and enter 10–20 min.
with Preheat No to rise.
14 Remove the bread from the oven cavity.
Press 22 French Bread to preheat the oven.
15 While the oven is preheating, cover the
dough with a moist cloth or plastic wrap and
let it continue rising at room temperature
(about 8 minutes). Right before preheating is
complete, use a knife or razor blade to make
a single lengthwise cut in the surface of the
coupé. Make
three to four cuts
in the bâtard.
• When cutting
the coupé, hold
the razor blade
or knife at 45
degrees to make
an angled cut in
the dough.
16 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal tray
in the mid rack to bake.
17 Once baking is finished, let the bread cool
at room temperature before serving.
Heat Using Steam Oven Leavening
Hints for baking bread
●Allow the milk to reach room temperature
Bread will not rise properly when using chilled
milk straight from the refrigerator.
●Temperature for rising dough
The ideal temperature for rising dough is 25–
27°C. If the room is warmer (in summertime,
for example), the dough will not rise as fully.
●Adjust the leavening time as needed
The dough will rise at different speeds
depending on several factors, including the
type of yeast, the season, and the ambient
temperature. Make sure to cover the rising
dough with a moist cloth to prevent it from
drying out. If the dough does not rise fully, add
extra time to leaven, checking the dough often.
●Do not let the dough dry out
during resting and rising
If the dough dries out, it will not rise properly.
Keep it humid by misting the area around it with
water or by placing it inside a large plastic bag.
●Handle the dough with care
Handle the dough gently. Dough that is torn or
reworked to correct its shape will become
damaged and not expand properly.
●Apply the glaze carefully and sparingly
Lightly glaze the surface of the dough using
the palms of your hands. Too much glaze will
run onto the metal tray and cause the bottom
of the bread to burn.
●Over-risen dough
Over-risen dough will not expand properly
when baking. It can be used to make pizza or
fried bread instead.
●Adjust the leavening
temperature as needed
The leavening temperature can be set to 30,
35, 40, or 45°C. Select the appropriate setting
based on the initial temperature and amount of
dough as well as the season and other factors.
The standard leavening temperature is 40°C.
French Bread
Quick Bread
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Combine A in a sealable plastic bag and
add the dry yeast. Mix well.
3 Put the butter in a baking dish and melt
by pressing Microwave 500W and entering
Approx. 30 sec . Add the water.
4 Add 3 to the plastic bag. Seal the bag
and knead until the
liquid is evenly
distributed.
5 Knead the dough for
a good ten minutes.
Adding a little air to the bag before sealing it
will allow you to easily knead the dough with
both hands.
6 Shape the dough into a ball 2-3 cm thick
and place it on the center of the ceramic
tray. Start the first rise by pressing Steam
Microwave Leaven .
Set the doneness
adjustment to
MED (30 W) and
enter 8–12 min. .
7 Dust a cutting board with flour (bread
flour). Remove the dough from the plastic
bag.
8 Gently press the dough to remove the
air. Use a dough cutter
or kitchen knife to cut
the dough into 8 equal
pieces (about 33 g
each).
Water tank
French Bread
Hints for using the 21 Quick Bread function
●Number of servings
Make only the amount of bread indicated. It
has been optimized to make the baking go as
easily and quickly as possible.
Ingredients (8 rolls)
Preheat
Steam
Oven
Coupé
Quick Bread
E-84
Metal tray
Mid
Ceramic tray
E-85
Homemade Bread
Manual Cooking
Steam oven leavening 40°C
(Preparation)
Oven
(Preheat Yes, 1 Level/2 Level)
Preheat
180°C
17–25 min.
Metal tray
Mid
Bottom
Water tank
Full
Butter Rolls
Ingredients
480 g flour (bread flour)
A 5 1 2 tbsp sugar (50 g)
1 tsp salt (6 g)
3 tsp dry yeast powder (quick-rise type) (7 g)
60–80 ml lukewarm (40°C) water
B 1 large egg (beaten)
180–200 ml milk (room temperature)
70 g butter (room temperature)
Egg glaze:
1
2 egg (beaten)
1
4 tsp salt
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Combine A in a bowl and sprinkle in the
dry yeast. Combine and add B . Mix briefly
with your hands, and then slowly add the
butter. Mix thoroughly, until the mixture
becomes a single clump.
3 Follow steps 3 and 4 of the French
Bread recipe
P. E-85 to make the dough.
4 Place the dough in a bowl lightly coated
with butter. Place the bowl on the metal tray
and insert it into the bottom rack. Press
Steam , Oven , 2 Level , Leaven 40°C and
enter 50–60 min. with Preheat No to rise.
5 When the dough has risen to 2–2.5 times
its original size, coat a finger with flour and
poke the center of
the dough. If the
hole retains its
shape, the rising is
complete.
6 Turn the bowl over
to remove the dough.
Using your hands,
spread it out gently
to remove the air.
Back
Back
(Mid rack)
Front
(Bottom rack)
12 Insert the metal trays into the mid and
bottom racks. Press Steam , Oven , 2 Level ,
Leaven 40°C and enter 25–36 min. with
Preheat No to rise the dough to 2-2.5 times
its original size. Lightly and carefully coat
the surface of the rolls with the egg glaze.
13 Remove the ceramic tray. Press Oven ,
2 Level , 180°C and enter 17–25 min. with
Preheat Yes to preheat.
14 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal
trays into the mid and bottom racks to bake.
(For a single tray of rolls: Press Oven ,
1 Level with Preheat Yes . When the beep
sounds, insert the metal tray in the mid rack
and bake for 12–17 minutes.)
[Tips]
• You can make the dough easier by placing all the
ingredients from step 2 into a mochi-pounding
machine and have it knead the mixture for 8-10
minutes. If you use this method, the lukewarm water
should be chilled to 20°–25°C.
• If the rolls are cooking unevenly, switch the position
of the two trays about two-thirds to three-quarters of
the way through baking.
Manual Cooking
Auto Cooking
Steam oven leavening 40°C
(Preparation)
Oven
Preheat Yes, 1 Level
Auto Cooking
Metal tray
Bottom
Preheat
210°C
24–38 min.
Water tank
Full
Dome-shaped Bread
Steam oven
leavening 30 W
(Preparation)
23 Crispy Pizza
(Preheat Yes)
Preheat
Oven
Cooking prepared store-bought pizza
To cook prepared frozen pizza, use the
manual cooking function, checking the pizza
often.
Place the pizza on the metal tray and insert
the tray into the mid rack. Press Oven ,
1 Level , 200°C with Preheat No . Enter
23–30 min. for frozen pizza and 15–28 min.
for refrigerated pizza.
If the oven is already preheated, enter
10–18 min. for frozen pizza and 10–15 min.
for refrigerated pizza. Remove the ceramic
tray if you use this method.
Metal tray
Top
Water tank
Full
Crispy Pizza
(Margherita Pizza)
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
CAUTION
Ingredients (one 19 x 10 x 8.5 cm rectangular bread pan)
220 g flour (bread flour)
4 tsp sugar (12 g)
1
2 tsp salt (2.5 g)
2 tsp dry yeast powder (quick-rise type) (5 g)
130–150 ml lukewarm (40°C) water
10 g butter
(Double the recipe for two loaves)
Directions
1 Follow steps 1 – 6 of the Butter Rolls
recipe to make the dough.
2 Use a dough cutter to divide the dough into
three equal sections. Roll each section into a
ball. Cover with plastic wrap or place in a plastic
bag. Let rest for about 20 min (bench time).
3 Flatten the balls into oblong shapes 20 cm
tall and 10 cm wide. Starting with the long
end, roll each section up completely, then
pound lightly with your fist to shape.
4 Line up the pieces of dough inside a bread
pan bowl lightly coated with butter. Place the
pan on the metal tray and insert it into the
bottom rack. Press Steam , Oven , 1 Level ,
Leaven 40°C and enter 50–80 min. with
Preheat No to rise.
5 Remove the dough and the ceramic tray.
Press Oven , 1 Level , 210°C and enter
24–38 min. with Preheat Yes to preheat.
6 Once the beep
Back
Back
sounds indicating
that preheating is
complete, insert the
Front
Front
metal tray into the
(Two loaves)
(One loaf)
bottom rack to bake.
[Tips]
Heat Using Steam Oven Leavening
• During the second rise, the dough should expand until
it is protruding 1–2 cm above the top of the bread pan.
• If the surface of the bread becomes overly browned
during cooking, cover with aluminum foil and continue
baking.
• If the loaves are cooking unevenly, turn them 180
degrees when there are 5–6 minutes of baking time left.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
Heat Using Steam Oven Leavening
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
Take care to avoid burns
when inserting or removing
the hot metal tray. Use a
thick, dry kitchen towel or
oven mitt to handle the tray.
• Fill the water tank and place the ceramic tray
in the bottom of the oven cavity when using
the Steam Microwave Leaven function.
Ingredients (one 26–cm pizza)
50 g flour (bread flour)
20 g flour (cake flour)
A 1
2 tsp sugar (4 g)
1
3 tsp salt (1.5 g)
1
2 dry yeast powder (quick-rise type) (1 g)
35-45 ml lukewarm water
1
2 tbsp olive oil (7 g)
Prepared pizza sauce
1
4 tomato (cubed) (50 g)
B 50 g fresh mozzarella cheese (torn into
bite-size chunks)
Dash of salt and pepper
Fresh basil leaves
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Combine A in a sealable plastic bag
with the dry yeast and mix.
3 Add the lukewarm water and olive oil.
Knead for 5 minutes (8 minutes if
doubling the recipe).
Adding a little air to the bag before
sealing it will allow you to easily knead
the dough with both hands. (See step 5
of the Quick Bread recipe
)
4 Place the dough in the center of the
ceramic tray in the bottom of the oven
cavity. Start the first rise by pressing
Steam Microwave Leaven . Set the
doneness adjustment to MED (30 W) and
enter Approx. 10 min. . (For leavening
guidelines, see the hints for using the
Quick Bread function
.)
5 Dust a cutting board with flour (bread
flour). Remove the dough from the plastic
bag.
6 Gently press the dough to remove the
air. Shape into a ball.
7 Flatten the dough ball into a circle
about 26 cm in diameter. Place it on a
cooking sheet. Coat with pizza sauce and
the ingredients in B . Sprinkle with salt
and pepper.
8 Remove the ceramic tray and place an
empty metal tray on the top rack. Press
23 Crispy Pizza to preheat.
9 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, use a thick, dry
kitchen towel or oven mitt to remove the
metal tray and place it on the oven door.
Take care to avoid burns.
10 Place the oven sheet with the pizza on
the metal tray and insert it into the top
rack to cook. Once cooked, top the pizza
with fresh basil.
Heat Using Steam Microwave Leavening
Hints for using the 23 Crispy Pizza function
●Number of servings
Cook only one metal tray of pizza at a
time.
●Two-level cooking
Do not use the 23 Crispy Pizza function
for two-level cooking. Double the
recipe to make twice the amount of
dough. Cut in two and place one pizza
on each metal tray. Remove the
ceramic tray and press Oven , 2 Level ,
200°C , and enter 22–28 min. with
Preheat Yes to start cooking
.
Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal
trays into the mid and bottom racks to
cook.
If the pizzas are cooking unevenly,
switch the position of the two trays
about two-thirds to three-quarters of
the way through baking.
Pizza
Homemade Bread
E-86
7 Use a dough cutter or kitchen knife to cut
into 24 pieces (38
g each). Do not
tear the dough
with your hands,
as this will
damage it and
prevent it from expanding properly.
8 Roll each
section of dough
in your hands or
on the cutting
board until
smooth.
9 Cover the
dough balls with plastic wrap or place in a
plastic bag and let rest for about 20
minutes, taking care to prevent them from
chilling (bench time).
10 Place the
dough balls in
your hand and
press each one
into a funnel
shape. Use a
rolling pin to
flatten them into long, thin triangles.
11 Starting at the base end of the triangle,
roll up each section of dough. When they
are rolled, arrange
them on metal
trays lightly
coated with
butter.
Front
(Prepare half the amounts listed if baking only one tray)
Pizza
●Slicing the cooked pizza
Kitchen scissors are the best way to
slice the cooked pizza.
●If the pizza is underdone
Press Oven , 1 Level , 200°C with
Preheat No to continue cooking,
checking the pizza often
.
●Cooking frozen pizzas
Do not use the 23 Crispy Pizza
function. Refer to the directions for
cooking prepared store-bought pizzas.
E-87
Homemade Preserves
Sponge Cake
Manual Cooking
Auto Cooking
Kiwi
Microwave
(Relay heating)
600 W
Approx. 20 min.
200 W
Approx. 10 min.
Microwave 200 W
1–2 min.
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
24 Cake
Water tank
Blueberry
Orange
Empty
Strawberry
Orange Preserves
Ingredients (standard amount)
Coconut
Ingredients (standard amount)
150 g canned peaches (white or yellow)
100 g pears (canned or fresh)
50 g canned coconut
Store-bought 100% juice
100 ml apple juice
A 100 ml pineapple juice
Juice from 1 2 a lemon (2 generous tbsp)
Whole green peppercorns
Directions
Combine all ingredients except the
ginger. Follow the directions for the
Strawberry Preserves recipe. Add the
ginger once the mixture has cooked
and cooled.
Directions
Combine all ingredients except the
green peppercorns. Follow the
directions for the Strawberry Preserves
recipe. Add the peppercorns once the
mixture has cooked and cooled.
Kiwi Preserves
200 g kiwi (partially crushed)
70 g pineapple (finely chopped)
30 g yellow pepper (finely chopped)
Store-bought 100% juice
150 ml vegetable-fruit juice mix
A
50 ml pineapple juice
1
Juice from 2 a lemon (2 generous tbsp)
Whole pink peppercorns or preferred spice
Directions
Combine all ingredients except the
pink peppercorns. Follow the
directions for the Strawberry Preserves
recipe. Add the peppercorns or your
preferred spice once the mixture has
cooked and cooled.
Hints for making homemade preserves
●Do not cover with plastic wrap or a lid
This will prevent the liquids from reducing
properly during cooking.
●Remove immediately after cooking
The oven unit, oven cavity, ceramic tray,
and surrounding area may be extremely
hot. To avoid burns, use a thick, dry towel
to remove items from the oven.
●For sweeter preserves
Add 1–2 tbsp of honey to the mixture and
increase the amount of juice to 230 ml
before cooking. You can also add 1–2 tbsp
of honey to the preserves sweeter once they
are cooked to make them sweeter.
●Expiration period
Because the preserves do not contain
sugar, they will spoil quickly. Eat within a
week or two.
90 g flour (cake flour)
90 g sugar
3 eggs (whites and yolks separated)
Dash of vanilla extract
2 tsp milk (room temperature)
A
15 g butter
Whipped cream to taste
Fruit, almonds as needed
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Coat the cake pan with a small
amount of butter, then line the bottom
and the sides with parchment paper
(for baking). Combine A and melt it by
pressing Microwave 200W , and
entering 1–2 min. . (For an 18–cm cake,
see the 24 Cake hints for other sizes on
the right.)
21 cm
Flour
(cake flour)
50 g
90 g
120 g
Sugar
50 g
90 g
120 g
handheld
blender to whip
until the mixture
is about 70%
foam. Add the
sugar, then
continue
whipping until stiff (separate whipping
method).
4 Add the egg yolks and whip into a foam
again. Add the vanilla extract.
5 Sift the flour. Fold it into the mixture with
a wooden spoon until just combined, taking
care not to make the mixture sticky.
Combine A and stir together quickly.
6 Briskly pour everything into the mold and
tap the pan on the counter to remove the
air. Place the pan on the metal tray and
insert the tray into the bottom rack. Press
24 Cake to bake.
7 Drop the mold from a height of 10–20 cm
to prevent it from shrinking during baking.
Separate the cake from the mold and
remove the parchment paper. Allow to cool
completely, then top with whipped cream,
fruit, or other embellishments as desired.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Eggs
2
3
4
10 g
15 g
20 g
2 tsp
1 tbsp
Approx. 1 min.
30 sec.
Approx. 2 min.
Combined whipping method
3 Crack the eggs into a bowl and use a
handheld blender to whip until the mixture
is about 70% foam. Add the sugar and
continue whipping until it begins to get stiff
(stop when the blender leaves a circular
trail in the
mixture).
Add the vanilla
extract and
continue as
above from
step 5 .
Butter
1
Milk
2 tbsp
Approx. 1 min.
24 Cake
Doneness adjustment
M-LO
MED
M-HI
●Cake mold
Use a metal cake pan with smooth sides
free of rivets or other inconsistencies.
●For easier whipping
Warm the eggs and bowl to make it easier to
whip into a foam.
●Make sure the egg whites are
whipped thoroughly
To check whether the egg whites have been
whipped enough, take a whisk or a
handheld blender and pull it up through the
mixture. If hard peaks form, the mixture is
sufficiently whipped.
●When the cake is done properly
The body of the finished cake should be
fluffy and with an even texture.
●If the cake is underdone
Continue baking by pressing Oven , 1 Level ,
160°C with Preheat No , checking the cake
often
.
●If the surface of the cake falls
Remove the cake from the mold and turn
bottom-side up to cool.
Points for making sponge cake
Cause
●Bowl size
The bowl should be large enough so
that it is about half full once all of the
ingredients are combined.
●Selecting vegetables
Brightly colored vegetables such as
red peppers, yellow peppers,
tomatoes, squash, or carrots are ideal.
It is often better to precook harder
vegetables like squash or carrots.
●Ratio of fruit to vegetables
The total amount of fruit and vegetables
should be around 300 g. The ratio should
be about 200–250 g fruit to 100–150 g
vegetables and herbs.
●Use 100% juice instead of sugar
Sweeter juices like apple and
pineapple are ideal.
Ingredients (one 18–cm cake pan)
Cross-section Condition
E-88
●Recommended
bowl
Use a heatresistant bowl
20–23 cm in
diameter at the
mouth (10 cm
at the base) and 6–8 cm deep.
Note: If the bowl weights more than
800 g, increase the amount of fruit
juice by 20–30 ml before cooking.
●Selecting fruit
Any kind of fruit suitable for making
jam can be used, including
strawberries, blueberries, oranges,
bananas, or pineapples. Because
no sugar is added to the recipe, it is
better to select sweeter fruits.
18 cm
Sponge Cake
Ingredients (standard amount)
3 Add the egg whites to a bowl and use a
Coconut Preserves
200 g orange (peeled and sectioned with
membrane removed)
50 g apple (finely chopped)
50 g yellow pepper (finely chopped)
Store-bought 100% juice
100 ml apple juice
A
100 ml pineapple juice
Juice from 1 2 a lemon (2 generous tbsp)
1 knob ginger (julienned)
15 cm
Ingredients
Step 6
Ingredients/Directions
Substitute blueberries (150 g) for the
strawberries and grapefruit juice for
the apple juice. Follow the directions
above.
Diameter
Full
Step
Homemade
Preserves
Blueberry Preserves
●You can use the recipe to make a 15–2cm cake
Water tank
Directions
Directions
1 Rinse and core the strawberries.
Chop the red pepper and pineapple
into small 2–3 cm pieces.
2 Place the fruit in a large, deep
heat-resistant dish. Add the ingredients
in A and the lemon juice.
3 Relay heat by pressing Microwave
600W , and entering Approx. 20 min. ,
and then pressing Microwave 200W ,
and entering Approx. 10 min
.
4 Once cooked, remove with a dry
towel.
5 Let the preserves cool, then cover
and place in the refrigerator to chill.
Transfer to a sealable container.
Hints for using the 24 Cake function
2
150 g strawberries
50 g red pepper (finely chopped)
100 g pineapple (finely chopped)
Store-bought 100% juice
100 ml pineapple juice
A
100 ml apple juice
Juice from 1 2 a lemon (2 generous tbsp)
OVEN
combination to bake cakes that are soft and fluffy.
Metal tray
Bottom
Ceramic tray
Decorative Cake (Sponge Cake)
Strawberry Preserves
Ingredients (standard amount)
Steam
Oven
Use the STEAM +
• Texture (air pockets) dense in certain
areas
• Inconsistent expansion
• Cake does not expand properly
• Cake did not expand properly
• Texture (air pockets) dense throughout • Cake is dry
• Texture is coarse with clumps of flour
• Cake is too hard
• Surface is noticeably wrinkled
• Texture is coarse throughout
• Collapsed in center
• Eggs were not whipped thoroughly
• Batter was over-mixed after adding
flour and butter, destroying the egg
foam (the mixture should be folded
rather than mixed)
• Batter was left sitting for too long
• Not enough sugar
• Melted butter was not mixed in evenly
• Air was not fully removed
• The unwhipped batter left in the bowl was
(the butter should be mixed in while
poured into the center of the mold (the
still hot)
batter should be spread to the edges)
• Not enough flour
• Batter was over-mixed after adding flour
and butter, destroying the egg foam (the
mixture should be folded rather than mixed)
• Flour was not sufficiently blended
• Flour was not sifted
E-89
Desserts
Auto Cooking
Manual Cooking
Microwave 200 W 1–2 min.
(Preparation)
Microwave
200 W 2–3 min.
100 W Approx. 1 min.
(Preparation)
24 Cake
Steam
Oven
Metal tray
Bottom
Ceramic tray
Oven
Full
(Preheat Yes, 1 Level/2 Level)
Doneness Adjustment M-HI
●Hints for making the batter
The key to good batter is whipping the
eggs and mixing in the flour properly.
For instructions on how to whip whole
eggs, refer to the combined mixing
P. E-89 . Make sure that the
method on
blender leaves a circular trail in the
mixture. When mixing in the flour, fold in
until just combined, taking care not to
make the mixture sticky.
●Removing the parchment paper
While still hot, either mist the paper with
water or moisten with a damp cloth.
Peel up slowly using both hands.
●If the edges of the cake become hard
Moisten the surface of the cake with
syrup or cover with a dry cloth and
plastic wrap once cooled. Let sit for a
while before rolling.
●Applying jam
The cakes will roll best if jam is applied
in a 2–cm band on the far side of the roll
cake (end of the roll).
Metal tray
Mid
Water tank
Cheesecake
Hints for making roll cakes
Preheat
160°C
15–20 min.
Water tank
Empty
Roll Cakes (Plain)
Green tea
Plain
8 Repeat the procedure along the inner ring to
separate the cake. Turn the cake mold over,
inserting a knife up from the bottom to help you
slowly release the cake from the mold.
Manual Cooking
Oven
Preheat Yes, 1 Level
Metal tray
Bottom
Preheat
160°C
50–60 min.
Water tank
Empty
Chiffon Cake
(Plain)
[Tips]
• You can prepare the cake with an equal
number of egg yolks and egg whites (5
eggs), but the top portion may come out
too thick. More egg yolk will also make
the body of the cake more yellow in color,
resulting in a dessert that is closer to a
sponge cake.
• You can use the leftover egg yolk as an
ingredient in custard or a similar food.
• You can use almost any type of salad oil
you prefer, such as cottonseed, corn,
safflower, or sunflower oil. Olive oil is
acceptable as well.
• If the surface of the cake becomes
overly browned during cooking, cover with
aluminum foil and continue baking.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
Ingredients (one 20–cm chiffon cake pan)
Mocha
Ingredients (one metal tray)
200 g cream cheese
30 g butter
2 eggs (whites and yolks separated)
50 g powdered sugar
25 g flour (cake flour)
30 ml fresh cream (room temperature)
1 tbsp lemon (zest mixed with juice)
80 g flour (cake flour)
80 g sugar
4 eggs (beaten)
Dash of vanilla extract
1
2 tbsp milk
A
1 generous tbsp butter (15 g)
Apricot jam (strained to remove pulp) to taste
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and insert
it into the main unit.
2 Coat the cake pan with a small amount of
butter, and then line the bottom and the sides
with parchment paper for baking.
3 Put the cream cheese in a heat-resistant
bowl and melt it by pressing Microwave 200W ,
and entering 2–3 min.. Heat until liquefied,
stirring partway through cooking. Add the egg
yolks and stir well with a wooden spoon.
4 Put the butter in a bowl and soften by
pressing Microwave 100W , and entering
Approx. 1 min .. Fold into the mixture in 3 .
Combine the flour and half of the powdered
sugar and sift. Add to the mixture and stir,
taking care to break up clumps. Add the fresh
cream and the lemon.
5 Put the egg whites in a separate bowl and
whip until the mixture is about 70% foam.
Add the rest of the powdered sugar and
continue whipping until stiff. Add half of the
mixture in 4 , fold together briefly, and then
add the other half.
6 Pour the batter into the cake pan and tap
on the counter to even out the surface. Place
the pan on the metal tray and insert the tray
into the bottom rack. Press 24 Cake and set
the doneness adjustment to M-HI to bake.
Leaving the cheesecake in the pan, allow it to
cool, and then put in the refrigerator to chill.
Once chilled, remove from the pan.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
over a cloth and remove the parchment paper.
Place the roll cake browned-side up to cool.
9 Flip the cake upside-down and use a knife
to make scores in the surface 1–2 cm apart.
Spread the apricot jam on the last 2 cm of the
far end of the cake. Start at the near side and
roll the cake away from you. Let the cake sit for
a while before cutting.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
(Double the recipe for two trays)
Directions
1 Coat the metal tray with a small amount of
butter and cover with parchment paper (for
baking).
2 Combine A and melt it by pressing
Microwave 200W , and entering 1–2 min.
(for a double recipe, cook for approximately
3 minutes).
3 Add the eggs to a bowl and use a handheld
blender to whip until the mixture is about 70%
foam. Add the sugar and continue whipping
thoroughly until the mixture begins to get stiff.
Mix in the vanilla extract.
4 Sift the flour. Fold into the mixture with a
wooden spoon, taking care to break up clumps.
Add the mixture in 2 and stir together quickly.
5 Remove the ceramic tray and press Oven ,
1 Level , 160°C , 15–20 min. with Preheat Yes
to preheat.
6 Pour everything into the metal tray briskly
and tap the tray on the counter to even out the
surface.
7 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal tray in
the mid rack to bake.
(
For two trays, use Oven , 2 Level with Preheat
Yes , and insert the metal trays into the mid and
bottom racks. Once preheating is complete,
bake for 20–30 minutes , switching the position
of the trays when there are 10–12 minutes left
of cooking time. Resume baking.
)
Mocha Roll Cake
Ingredients/Directions
In step 4 , add liquid coffee (1 scant
tbsp of instant coffee dissolved in
1 tsp of hot water).
Green Tea Roll Cake
Ingredients/Directions
In step 4 , add liquid green tea
(1 2 tbsp powdered green tea (matcha)
dissolved in 1 2 tbsp of water).
100 g flour (cake flour)
1
2 tsp baking powder
4 egg yolks
5 egg whites
Pinch of salt
100 g sugar
70 ml water
B 1 tbsp lemon juice
Grated peel of 1 lemon
60 ml salad oil
A
Directions
1 Combine the egg yolks and half the sugar in a
bowl. Use a handheld blender to mix until white
and fluffy. Combine the ingredients in B in the
order listed and mix. Add the salad oil a little at a
time and continue stirring. Sift the flour and
baking soda mixture and combine, mixing on low
speed until smooth.
2 Combine the egg whites and salt in a separate
bowl. Use the handheld blender to whip until the
mixture is about 70% foam. Once the bubbles
have reached a consistent size, add the rest of the
sugar and continue whipping until stiff.
3 Add 1/3 cup of the mixture in 2 to the
mixture in 1 . Fold together briefly with a wooden
spoon, and then add the rest of the mixture and
stir again briefly. Pour the batter into the cake pan
from a good height and tap the pan on the
counter a few times to remove the air. Place the
pan on the metal tray.
4 Remove the ceramic tray and press Oven ,
1 Level , 160°C , 50–60 min. with Preheat Yes to
preheat.
5 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal tray with
the cake pan into the bottom rack to bake.
6 When the cake is finished baking, immediately
flip the cake pan and allow to cool completely.
7 Once the cake is cool, use a pallet knife or
similar tool to separate it from the mold. Fully
insert the knife between the cake and the outside
of the pan, and then quickly move it up and down
to separate.
Hints for making chiffon cake
●Use fresh, chilled eggs
Eggs chilled to about 10°C are ideal for
whipping into a firm meringue. Use
eggs right from the refrigerator.
●Firmness of the yolk mixture
The firmness of the yolk mixture should
be somewhere between pancake and
crepe batter. Be sure it is not too runny
or too thick.
●Mixing the yolk and egg-white
mixture
Do not mix too vigorously. Over-mixing
can destroy the foam and prevent the
chiffon cake from fluffing up properly.
●Use chiffon molds
Use an aluminum chiffon mold.
Metal tray
Mid
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
180°C
30–40 min
Water tank
Empty
Muffins
Ingredients (nine 6–cm muffins)
250 g flour (cake flour)
3 tbsp baking powder
100 g sugar
150 g butter (room temperature)
2 eggs (beaten)
100 ml milk
Dash of vanilla extract
A
Directions
1 Use a handheld blender to whip
the butter. Add the sugar and mix
well.
2 Add the egg and mix until creamy.
Add the vanilla extract.
3 Sift the flour and baking soda
mixture and combine, stirring briefly
with a wooden spoon. Add the milk
and mix well.
4 Pour the batter into a muffin tin
and place on the metal tray. Remove
the ceramic tray and insert the metal
tray into the mid rack. Press Oven ,
1 Level , 180°C , 30–40 min. with
Preheat No to bake.
Desserts
Desserts
Cake
E-90
Ingredients (one 18–cm cake pan)
8 When baking is finished, flip the metal tray
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
●Do not coat the cake mold
with butter
If you coat the cake mold with butter
before cooking, the cake will separate
from the pan and shrink as it cools.
Avoid using molds lined with fluorine or
silicone as well.
●Let the mold cool completely
Do not attempt to remove the cake
before the mold has cooled completely
because the cake may collapse.
E-91
Pound Cake (Plain)
Manual Cooking
Microwave 200 W 3–4 min.
(Preparation)
Manual Cooking
Plain
Caramel
(Preheat Yes, 1 Level/2 Level)
Preheat
160°C
22–32 min.
Oven
Water tank
Manual Cooking
Marble
Metal tray
Bottom
Oven
Manual Cooking
(Preheat Yes, 1 Level)
Banana Chocolate Chip
Preheat
170°C
18–22 min.
Metal tray
Mid
Water tank
Empty
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
180°C
50–60 min.
Metal tray
Bottom
Water tank
Metal tray
Water tank
Empty
Empty
Bolo Cookie Cakes Baked Apples
Madeleine Cookies
700 W
Microwave 6–8 min.
500 W
1 min. 30 sec.
Empty
Apple Compote
Apple
Manual Cooking
100 g flour (cake flour)
100 g sugar
100 g butter
2 1 2 eggs (beaten)
1
2 tbsp lemon juice
A
Grated peel of 1 2 lemon
Ingredients (one 19 x 8.5 x 6 cm pound cake pan)
(Double the recipe for two trays)
5 Remove the ceramic tray and press Oven ,
1 Level , 160°C , 22–32 min. with Preheat Yes to
preheat.
6 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal tray in the
bottom rack to bake.
For two trays, use Oven , 2 Level with
Preheat Yes , and insert the metal trays into
the mid and bottom racks. Once preheating
is complete, bake for 34–44 minutes.)
)
[Tips]
E-92
100 g flour (cake flour)
A 1
2 tsp baking soda
80 g sugar
100 g butter (room temperature)
2 eggs (beaten)
Dash of vanilla extract
60 g dried fruit (raisins, angelica root,
cherries, etc.) (finely chopped and
soaked in 1 tbsp rum)
Directions
1 Coat the cake pan with a small amount of butter
and cover with parchment paper (for baking).
2 Add the butter to a bowl and whip with a
handheld blender. Add half the sugar, mix well,
and then add the rest of the sugar and mix again.
Add the vanilla extract.
3 Add the eggs slowly while continuing to mix
the batter. Add the dried fruit and stir together
with a wooden spoon. Combine the flour and
baking soda and sift. Add and mix together,
taking care not to make the mixture sticky.
4 Pour the batter into the cake pan and tap on
the counter to settle it. Make
a dent in the center of the
batter and smooth out the
surface. Place on the metal
tray as shown.
5 Remove the ceramic tray and press Oven ,
1 Level , 160°C , 44–54 min. with Preheat Yes to
preheat.
6 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal tray in the
bottom rack to bake.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
●Whip the butter thoroughly
Make sure to whip plenty of air into the
butter so that it is smooth and creamy and
the sugar is no longer grainy. Keep mixing
until it is light and fluffy.
●Make a dent in the center of the batter
Denting the center of the batter will allow the
heat to pass through the mold evenly. Dent
and smooth the surface before baking.
●Make sure the cake is done
Stick a wooden skewer into the center of the
cake. If it comes out clean, the cake is done.
●Do not handle immediately after baking
When a pound cake first comes out of the
oven it is still soft and can damage easily.
Let the cake sit for 2–3 minutes before
removing it and the parchment from the
mold. Place on a cloth to cool.
Banana Chocolate Chip Pound Cake
Ingredients/Directions
After adding the flour and baking soda in
step 3 , add 1 2 a banana (chopped) and
20 g of chocolate chips to the batter.
Apple Pound Cake
Ingredients/Directions
After adding the flour and baking soda in
step 3 , add 60 g apple preserves
P. E-95 to the batter.
Caramel Pound Cake
Ingredients/Directions
After adding the flour and baking soda in
step 3 , mix in the caramel sauce from
the Soft Pudding recipe
P. E-97 into the
batter.
Marble Pound Cake
Ingredients/Directions
Briefly stir in the caramel sauce and bake
the marbleized batter.
• Use warm melted butter in the recipe.
■For a 19 x 10 x 8.5 cm pound cake pan
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
Adjust the ingredients to 200 g flour (cake flour), 2/3 tsp baking soda, 120 g
sugar, 120 g butter, 3 eggs, dash of vanilla extract, and 100 g dried fruit in
rum. Make the batter as above, and then bake for 58–65 minutes .
Ingredients (16 cakes)
Ingredients (4 apples)
220 g flour (cake flour)
60 g butter (room temperature)
100 g sugar
5 1 2 tbsp salad oil
Bit of egg white
Sliced almonds as needed
Dash of powdered sugar
A
Dash of cinnamon
4 Jonathan apples
60 g sugar
A 40 g butter
Dash of cinnamon
Whipped cream to taste
Directions
1 Add the butter to a bowl and whip with
a handheld blender or whisk until it
becomes whitish in color. Add the sugar in
portions of a half or third at a time and mix
well.
2 Add the salad oil gradually and continue
mixing thoroughly. Sift the flour. Fold in
with a wooden spoon until there are no
more clumps, taking care to avoid making
the mixture sticky.
3 Divide the batter into 16 equal parts.
Round into clumps and place a shallow
dent in the center of each.
4 Arrange the batter on a metal tray
covered with a cooking sheet. Brush on
the egg white and top each with two or
three almond slices.
5 Remove the ceramic tray and press
Oven , 1 Level , 170°C , 18–22 min. with
Preheat Yes to preheat.
6 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal
tray in the mid rack to bake.
7 When finished baking, remove from the
oven. Combine A and sprinkle on top
while the cakes are still hot.
Directions
1 Wash and core the apples, leaving the
bases intact.
2 Combine A , mixing well. Dividing the
mixture evenly, pack it into the cores of the
four apples. Place in a shallow baking dish.
3 Place the baking dish on the metal tray
and insert it into the bottom rack. Remove
the ceramic tray and press Oven , 1 Level ,
180°C , 50–60 min. with Preheat No to bake.
4 Once the apples have cooled, top with
whipped cream to taste.
Ingredients/Directions
1 Peel two Jonathan apples. Hollow out
the cores and cut in half crosswise. Dunk
in salt water and rinse briefly.
2 Place the apple pieces in a deep
cooking dish and sprinkle with 50 g sugar
and 2 tbsp lemon juice. Cover with plastic
wrap. Press Microwave 700W , and enter
6–8 min. to cook. Let sit to cool.
3 Combine the juice from the apples with
2 tbsp red wine. Press Microwave 500W ,
and enter Approx. 1 min. 30 sec. to cook.
Use the mixture to coat the cooked
apples.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Desserts
Desserts
Directions
1 Coat the cookie pan with a small amount of
butter and cover with parchment paper (for baking).
2 Melt the butter by pressing Microwave 200W ,
and entering 3–4 min. (for a double recipe, cook
for 5-6 minutes).
3 Add the eggs to a bowl and use a handheld
blender to whip until the mixture is about 70%
foam. Add the sugar and continue whipping
thoroughly until the mixture begins to get stiff.
Combine A and add to the mixture. Sift the flour
and fold into to the mixture with a wooden spoon,
taking care not to make the mixture sticky. Add
the mixture in 2 and stir together quickly.
4 Pour the batter into the
cookie molds and place the
pan on the metal tray.
(
Metal tray
Bottom
Preheat
Approx. 7 min. Water tank
(Preheat Yes, 1 Level)
160°C
Empty
44–54 min.
Oven
Ingredients (one Madeleine tray of ten 8–cm cookies)
Hints for making pound cake
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
E-93
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Almond Cookies
Pressed Cookies
Metal tray
Mid
Bottom
Oven
(Preheat Yes, 1 Level/2 Level)
Preheat
170°C
18–25 min
Oven
(Preheat Yes, 1 Level)
Preheat
200°C
28–40 min.
Metal tray
Mid
Water tank
Empty
Water tank
Apple Pie
Empty
Cut Cookies
(Halve the recipe for one tray)
Directions
1 Whip the butter thoroughly with a
handheld blender until it becomes whitish in
color. Add the sugar and mix well.
2 Add the egg and mix thoroughly until
creamy. Add the vanilla extract.
3 Sift the flour as you add it to the mixture.
Mix briefly with a wooden spoon. Make the
dough into a single ball and cover with
plastic wrap. Place in the refrigerator and let
rest for about an hour.
4 Sandwich the dough between two sheets
of plastic wrap. Use a rolling pin to roll flat
until it is 5 mm thick.
Pressed Cookies
Almond Cookies
Ingredients (two trays, 96 cookies)
Ingredients (two trays, 96 cookies)
260 g flour (cake flour)
160 g butter (room temperature)
80 g sugar
1 1 2 large eggs (beaten) (80 g)
Dash of vanilla extract
Dried fruit (finely chopped) as needed
(
E-94
For one tray, use Oven and 1 Level
with Preheat Yes . Insert the metal tray
into the mid rack. Once preheating is
complete, bake for 13–17 minutes .)
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
)
Metal tray
Water tank
Empty
Apple Preserves
240 g flour (cake flour)
1 tsp baking powder
80 g butter (room temperature)
80 g sugar
1 egg (beaten)
120 g sliced almonds
(Halve the recipe for one tray)
Directions
1 Follow steps 1 – 3 for the Cut
Cookies recipe. Place the dough in a
cookie press fitted with a
flower-shaped attachment.
2 Cover the metal trays with
aluminum foil. Squeeze the cookie
press to arrange dough balls on top.
Top with dried fruit.
3 Follow steps 6 and 7 for the Cut
Cookies recipe to bake.
Mid tray
(Halve the recipe for one tray)
Directions
1 Follow steps 1 – 3 for the Cut
Cookies recipe, substituting sliced
almonds for the vanilla extract.
Combine A and sift into the mixture.
Stir.
2 Cover the metal trays with
aluminum foil. Tear off chunks of the
dough and arrange on the trays,
topping each with sliced almonds.
3 Follow steps 6 and 7 for the Cut
Cookies recipe to bake.
Bottom tray
Arrangement of the cookies
●Mixing in the flour
Mix in the flour briefly as if you are
folding it, taking care that the dough
does not become sticky.
●If the dough becomes sticky
Cover in plastic wrap and let chill in the
refrigerator for a while. Sprinkling too
much flour on your working surface will
make the cookies grainy and ruin their
taste.
●Make sure the cookies are of
equal size and thickness
If your cookies are of different sizes or
thicknesses, they will bake unevenly.
●Using premade dough
Different types of store-bought cookie
dough will cook differently. Be sure to
check the dough often during baking.
7 Use a fork to
poke holes in the
dough at the base
of the pan.
A
Hints for making cookies
6 Remove the ceramic tray and press
Oven , 2 Level , 170°C , 18–25 min. with
Preheat Yes to preheat.
7 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal
trays in the mid and bottom racks to bake.
Microwave
700 W
8–10 min.
700 W
6–8 min.
●Storing dough
Dough will keep for about a week in the
refrigerator and about a month in the
freezer. Cover in plastic wrap to store.
●Remove immediately after baking
The residual heat in the oven may cause
the cookies to burn if left in the oven
cavity.
●If the cookies are cooking
unevenly
Switch the position of the metal trays
when there are 5–6 minutes of cooking
time left. Continue baking.
Ingredients (one 21–cm pie)
100 g flour (bread flour)
100 g flour (cake flour)
140 g butter (chilled and cut into 2–cm squares)
90–110 ml cold water
Apple preserves as needed
Egg glaze:
1
2 egg
1
4 tsp salt
Directions
1 Combine the flour in a bowl and sift. Add
the butter and mix
with your fingers.
Add the cold
water and
continue mixing,
taking care to
avoid making the
mixture sticky.
2 Add the pats of butter so that they retain
their shape. Cover
the entire ball of
dough with plastic
wrap. Place in the
refrigerator and let
rest for about an
hour.
3 Lightly dust a cutting board with flour
and place the dough on top. Flatten out the
dough into a rectangle with a rolling pin.
4 Fold the dough into thirds. Place it
folded-side down
and flatten out
again with the
rolling pin. Repeat
two or three
times.
8 Fill the pie with apple preserves. Coat
the edge of the
piecrust with the
egg glaze. Lay the
strips across the
pie, securing at
the ends.
9 Lay the remaining circular piece of
dough around the
edge of the pie
and press down
with a fork. Brush
the entire pie with
the egg glaze and
place it on the
metal tray.
10 Remove the ceramic tray and press
Oven , 1 Level , 200°C , 28–40 min. with
Preheat Yes to preheat.
11 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal
tray in the mid rack to bake.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
Hints for making apple pie
●Use a metal pie pan
The pie may not bake properly if you
use a glass baking dish.
●If the dough is difficult to work with
The dough will become soft if the butter
melts. Chill in the refrigerator for 20–30
minutes to make it firmer and easier to
work with.
●Using a premade frozen pie sheet
To make a 21–cm pie, buy 4 premade
pie sheets (about 100 g each). Roll two
sheets together to make the pie crust
and two to make the strips.
●If the pie is cooking unevenly
Rotate the pie pan 180 degrees when
there are 10–15 minutes of cooking
time left. Resume baking.
Ingredients (for one 21–cm apple pie)
3 Jonathan or Fuji apples
80-120 g sugar
A
1 tbsp lemon juice
Dash of cinnamon
Directions
1 Cut the apples into 4 lengthwise
sections and then slice each section
crosswise into thin 5–mm wedges.
Dunk in salt water and rise briefly.
Pat dry.
2 Mix the apples and A in a large
heat-resistant dish. Press Microwave
700W , and enter 8 min–10 min to cook.
3 Remove any impurities from the
surface of the mixture. Press
Microwave 700W , and enter 6 min–
8 min. to cook a second time. Allow to
cool, and then use a strainer to drain.
[Tips]
Desserts
Desserts
5 Remove the top sheet of plastic wrap
and cut into 3–cm shapes. Cover the metal
trays with aluminum foil and arrange the cut
cookie dough on top.
Manual Cooking
Cut Cookies
Ingredients (two metal trays, 96 cookies)
340 g flour (cake flour)
170 g butter (room temperature)
120 g sugar
1 large egg (beaten)
Dash of vanilla extract
5 Flatten out the dough into a 25 x 40 cm
rectangle 3 mm
thick. Place the pie
pan on top and cut
a circle slightly
larger than the rim.
Cut the remaining
dough into eight
strips 2 cm wide.
6 Lay the circular piece of dough in the
pie pan. Trim off
the excess dough
so that it fits
exactly into the
pan.
• Adjust the amount of cinnamon to taste.
• For best results, use Jonathan apples
in the autumn when they are in season.
You can make enough for several pies
and freeze the preserves until they are
needed.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
E-95
Manual Cooking
Microwave 200 W 5–6 min.
(Preparation)
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Microwave 500 W 4–5 min.
Approx. 4 min. (Preparation)
Metal tray
Mid
180°C
26–32 min.
Manual Cooking
Water tank
Empty
Brownies
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
Metal tray
Mid
180°C
28–36 min.
Microwave
Water tank
Empty
Scones
700 W
Approx. 1 min.
30 sec.
Ceramic tray
Metal tray
Mid
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Empty
Coffee Jelly
Superheated
Steam
(Preheat No)
120°C
24–28 min.
Superheated
Steam
(Preheat No)
Water tank
Ingredients (one metal tray)
Ingredients (4 servings)
250 g flour (cake flour)
A 50 g cocoa
1 generous tsp baking powder
150 g sugar
150 g butter (room temperature)
3 eggs (beaten)
100 g chocolate
100 g raisins (reconstitute in
B lukewarm water)
150 g walnuts (coarsely chopped)
Dash of vanilla extract
160 g flour (cake flour)
160 g flour (bread flour)
A
1 1 2 tsp baking powder
60 g sugar
80 g butter (cut into 5–mm squares)
1 1 2 eggs (beaten)
B
50 ml milk
Egg glaze:
1
2 egg (beaten)
1
4 tsp salt
1 tbsp powdered gelatin (10 g)
2 tbsp water
2 tbsp instant coffee
2 cups water
60 g sugar
Whipped cream to taste
• Use the ceramic tray when cooking
with the microwave function.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
• Feel free to add corn, diced cheese, or
raisins to the batter before cooking.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
Water tank
Full
Steamed Bread
A
Ingredients (eight 8-cm aluminum baking cups)
Ingredients (6 pudding cups 7.5 cm wide and 5.5 cm deep)
Directions
1 Combine the gelatin and water and
allow to soften.
2 Combine the dissolved gelatin,
instant coffee and sugar in a bowl. Add
half of the water and mix well. Press
Microwave 700W , and enter
Approx. 1 min. 30 sec. to cook.
3 Add the remaining water and mix.
Pour into wet dishes and place in the
refrigerator to chill and harden. Top
with whipped cream before serving.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Caramel sauce:
40 g sugar
A
1 1 2 tbsp water
1
2 tbsp water
Custard:
1 1 4 cups milk
B 100 ml fresh cream
50 g sugar
4 egg yolks (beaten)
Dash of vanilla extract
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Combine A in a heat-resistant bowl.
Cook by pressing Microwave 500W ,
and entering 4–5 min. . Check often,
adding the water when the mixture
becomes caramel-colored. (Take care
to avoid getting splashed by the hot
mixture.)
3 Add 1 tsp of the hot caramel sauce
to each pudding cup.
4 Combine B in a bowl. Cook by
pressing Microwave 500W , and
entering Approx. 4 min. . Stir in the
sugar until it dissolves. Add the eggs
and strain the mixture. Add the vanilla
extract and pour into the pudding cups.
5 Spread two thick paper towels in the
1
center of the metal tray. Pour 4 cup (50
ml) of water into the tray. Arrange the
pudding cups in the center as shown in
the figure and insert the tray into the
mid rack. Press Superheated steam ,
Oven , 120°C , 24–28 min. with Preheat
No to cook. Allow the cups to cool
before chilling in the refrigerator.
1 egg (beaten)
50 g sugar
1 tbsp salad oil
75 ml milk
100 g flour (cake flour)
A
1 tsp baking powder (3 g)
20 g raisins (soaked in rum)
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Put the egg in a bowl, add the sugar,
and mix with a handheld blender.
3 Add the salad oil, and then the milk.
Mix. Strain the flour and baking powder
and fold into the mixture with a wooden
spoon, taking care to break up clumps.
Pour the batter into the 8 aluminum
baking cups and top with the raisins.
Desserts
Desserts
E-96
Directions
1 Cut a cooking sheet into a 28 x 28 cm
square. Put a 1–cm cut in each corner and
fold in the cut sides.
2 Cut a piece of aluminum foil the same
size as the cooking sheet and place it in the
center of the metal tray. Wrap the front and
back ends around the edges of the metal
tray to secure. Fold the sides of the foil
over two or three times. Stand them up and
secure.
3 Coat the aluminum foil with a small
amount of butter and use it to attach the
cooking sheet.
4 Break up the chocolate and place it in a
bowl. Heat by pressing Microwave 200W ,
and entering 5–6 min. to melt, stirring
occasionally.
5 Put the butter in a bowl and whip with a
handheld blender. Add the sugar and mix
well. Add in the egg and mix, and then mix
in the vanilla extract and chocolate.
6 Combine B and add to the mixture.
Combine A and sift. Fold into the mixture,
taking care not to make the mixture sticky.
7 Pour the batter into the metal tray and
smooth out the surface. Remove the
ceramic tray and insert the metal tray into
the mid rack. Press Oven , 1 Level , 180°C ,
26–32 min. with Preheat No to bake.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Directions
1 Combine A in a bowl and sift. Add
the butter and mix with your fingers to
combine. The mixture should remain
dry and powdery. Add B and mix
briefly to create a single lump of dough.
2 Sandwich the dough between two
sheets of plastic wrap. Use a rolling pin
to roll flat until it is 1.5 cm thick. Cut
out 5-cm circles.
3 Cover the metal tray with a cooking
sheet and arrange the dough pieces.
Coat them with the egg glaze and
insert the metal tray into the mid rack.
Remove the ceramic tray and press
Oven , 1 Level , 180°C , 28–36 min. with
Preheat No to bake.
[Tips]
110°C
32–38 min.
Full
Soft Pudding
Ingredients (one metal tray)
Metal tray
Mid
Ceramic tray
Arrangement of the soft pudding cups
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Heat Using Steam Oven Leavening
Arrangement of the soft pudding cups
4 Arrange the cups on the metal tray
as shown in the figure and insert the
tray into the mid rack. Press
Superheated steam , Oven , 110°C ,
32–38 min. with Preheat No to cook.
Heat Using Steam Oven Leavening
E-97
Crispy Cooking (Chilled) (Frozen Prepared Foods)
Manual Cooking
Microwave 700 W
3 min.–4 min. 20 sec.
Approx. 1 min. 10 sec.
(Preparation)
Manual Cooking
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Metal tray
Mid
Oven
(Preheat Yes, 1 Level)
Preheat
210°C
26–32 min.
Auto Cooking
700 W
6–8 min.
Water tank
Empty
Custard Cream
Water tank
Empty
Microwave
Oven
Superheated
9 Crispy Cooking (Chilled)
steam
Grill
Auto Cooking
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Full
Hamburg Steak,
Chicken Steak
Microwave
Oven
Superheated
10 Crispy Cooking (Frozen)
steam
Grill
Super grill tray unit
(legs open)
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Full
Frozen
Hamburg Steak
Cream Puffs
Ingredients (12 cream puffs)
60 g flour (cake flour, sift)
60 g butter (cut into 3–4 pieces)
A
120 ml water
3-4 eggs (beaten)
Custard cream as needed
Whipped cream, powdered sugar to
taste
Directions
1 Sift the flour to break apart any
clumps.
2 Combine A in a large, heat-resistant
bowl. Sift a tsp of flour (not listed) and
add to the mix. Heat, uncovered, by
pressing Microwave 700W , and entering
3 min.–4 min. 20 sec. .
3 Add all of the flour at once, taking care
to avoid getting splashed by the hot liquid.
Mix thoroughly with a wooden spoon.
Cook by pressing Microwave 700W , and
entering Approx. 1 min. 20 sec. .
7 Press Oven , 1 Level , 210°C ,
26–32 min. with Preheat Yes to preheat.
8 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheating is complete, insert the metal
tray in the mid rack to bake.
9 When the puffs are finished baking,
remove them from the aluminum foil
immediately and allow them to cool
completely. Make a cut in each one and
fill with custard and whipped cream. Top
with powdered sugar before serving.
(
For two trays, use Oven , 2 Level , 34–44 min.
with Preheat Yes to preheat. Once preheating
is complete, insert the metal trays into the mid
and bottom racks and bake. Switch the
position of the trays when there are 8–10
minutes left of cooking time. Resume baking.
Directions
1 Combine A in a large bowl. Gradually
add the milk, stirring together with a
whisk.
2 Gradually add the egg, mixing
thoroughly. Press Microwave 700W , and
enter 6–8 min. to cook, stirring
occasionally. Combine B and add to the
mixture, stirring briefly. Chill.
[Tips]
To prevent burns, use a deep, heat-resistant bowl and cut the butter into 3 or 4 pieces before
adding to the water. Sprinkling a teaspoon of flour in the bowl will help prevent it from
splattering.
• Placing the butter in without cutting it into pieces will cause it to splatter.
Hints for making cream puffs
E-98
9–18 frozen mini Hamburg steaks
●Bring the butter and water to a full boil
If the butter and water are not sufficiently boiled, the cream puffs will not brown in the oven or expand properly.
●Add the egg while the batter is still hot
If the batter cools before the egg is added, you will not be able to get enough egg in the mixture and the
cream puffs will bake poorly.
●Add the right amount of egg
Adding too little egg will make the cream puffs small and dark. Too much egg will prevent them from puffing
up in the oven, causing them to come out flat.
●Spray the batter with water
To prevent the dough from drying out, spray the surface with water while you are waiting for the oven to preheat.
CAUTION
Cooking small amounts of food with the
9 Crispy Cooking (Chilled) or
10 Crispy Cooking (Frozen) functions
may cause it to burn.
If each piece of food is less than 200 g,
increase the number of pieces until
there are at least 200 g before cooking.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
The butter and water may splatter when heated
6 Place the batter in a decorating tube
fitted with a 1–cm nozzle. Cover the metal
tray with aluminum foil and coat lightly
with a small amount of butter. Squeeze
out 12 balls 3–4 cm in size.
Ingredients (for 12 cream puffs)
2–6 prepared Hamburg steaks (chilled)
OR
2–6 prepared chicken steaks (chilled)
• The custard cream will be thin when it
comes out of the oven, but will thicken
once it is chilled.
CAUTION
5 Gradually add the rest of the egg and
mix together until the batter is so firm that
it takes 2 or 3 seconds to drip off of the
wooden spoon when lifted out of the bowl.
Ingredients (for 12 cream puffs)
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Remove the Hamburg or chicken
steaks from their packaging. Open the
legs of the super grill tray unit, place the
steaks in the center, and set the unit on
the ceramic tray.
Press 9 Crispy Cooking (Chilled) to cook.
[Tips]
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line, and
insert it into the main unit.
2 Remove the Hamburg steaks from
their packaging. Open the legs of the
super grill tray unit, place the steaks in the
center, and set the unit on the ceramic
tray. Press 10 Crispy Cooking (Frozen)
to cook.
[Tips]
• If sauce is included with the prepared
steaks, add it after cooking.
• If sauce is included with the prepared
steaks, add it after cooking. Putting the
sauce on beforehand may cause the
food to pop or burst.
Hints for crispy cooking
●Number of servings
Cook between two (about 200 g) and six
servings at a time. (Other serving amounts
cannot be cooked using the auto cook function.)
●Place the food in the center of
the super grill tray unit
If there are more than two pieces of food,
arrange them towards the center of the super
grill tray unit.
●If your food is underdone
Use the Grill function to continue cooking
manually, checking the food often.
●Cooking prepared side dishes
See
for instructions on cooking
chilled or frozen side dishes.
Frozen Prepared Foods
Chilled
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
)
2 cups milk
2 tbsp flour (cake flour)
A 2 tbsp corn starch
80 g sugar
3 egg yolks (beaten)
40 g butter
B Dash of vanilla extract
Crispy
Cooking
Desserts
4 Add 1/3 of the egg and mix until the
mixture becomes thick and sticky.
Ingredients (for 12 cream puffs)
E-99
Leafy Vegetables and Root Vegetables
Italian Salad
Auto Cooking
8 Root Vegetables
Auto Cooking
Auto Cooking
Microwave 200 W
2 min.–2 min. 20 sec.
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
Microwave
7 Leafy Vegetables
Beverages and Instant Foods
Ceramic tray
Ceramic tray
5 Milk
Water tank
Microwave
Water tank
5 Milk
Empty
36 Milk
36 Milk
Water tank
Microwave
Empty
Empty
Warm Milk
Hot Chocolate
Vinegared Cabbage
Doneness Adjustment HI
Directions
1 Pour the milk into a mug or glass.
2 Break up the chocolate and place in
a small bowl. Add the honey
and 2 tbsp of the milk. Press
Microwave 200W , and enter
2 min.–2 min. 20 sec. to melt. Stir well.
3 Add (2) to the milk and mix well.
Press 5 Milk or 36 Milk with the
doneness adjustment set to HI to
warm.
Ingredients (4 servings)
Ingredients (4 servings)
200 g cabbage (cut into bite-size pieces)
2 tbsp vinegar
1 tbsp soy sauce
A
1
2 tsp each sugar and sesame oil
Dash each of chili oil and Thai pepper (sliced thin)
200 g string beans
2 large potatoes (400 g)
12 slices salami
60 g white cheese (cut into 1–cm cubes)
12 pimento-stuffed olives (sliced thin)
8 anchovy fillets (finely chopped)
1
4 cup onion (diced) (50 g)
A 1 tbsp parsley (chopped)
1 tbsp lemon juice
Dash of pepper
1
2 cup olive oil
Lemon slices to taste
Potato Salad
Directions
1 Remove the stems from the string
beans. Cut longer ones in half and cover
in plastic wrap. Cook using the
7 Leafy Vegetables function.
2 Wash and scrub the
potatoes. Do not peel.
Cover in plastic wrap
and cook using the
8 Root Vegetables
function. Peel while still hot and cut into
1–cm semicircles.
3 Combine A in a bowl. Stir together,
adding the olive oil to make the dressing.
4 Pour the dressing over the rest of the
ingredients. Transfer to bowls and serve
with lemon wedges.
and 8 Root Vegetables functions
●Prepare ingredients according to
their shape and size
Leafy or flowering vegetables with thick stems
should be scored with an X before cooking.
Separate large clusters into smaller pieces.
Ingredients (one serving)
1 cup milk
30 g chocolate bar
1
2 tsp honey
Type of food
Ramen and other instant
noodles (bag or foam bowl)
E-100
• If microwave instructions are printed on the packaging, refer to them for cooking.
• Cooking times are for cooking on the 800 W high-frequency setting.
(1 ml = 1 cc)
Directions and hints
Cooking time
Remove the noodles from their cup or bag and transfer to a
ceramic or heat-resistant bowl. Add 400–500 ml water (enough
to cover the noodles) and cover with plastic wrap as shown.
Cup noodles
(standard size)
Microwave 700W
4–5 min.
Bagged ramen noodles
Microwave 700W
6–7 min.
• Add the seasonings as indicated by the
manufacturer.
• Use a bowl that allows you to completely
submerge the noodles in water.
• Stir well after heating
Leave about
1 cm to prevent
ruptures
Remove the food from the bag and transfer to a ceramic or
Curry or rice bowl toppings
(ready-made boil-in-bag type) heat-resistant bowl. Cover with plastic wrap or a lid.
• Stir well after heating.
• Dishes like rice porridge should be left to stand for a few minutes
after cooking to soften.
Note: Sauces that contain squid, shrimp, whole mushrooms, or similar
ingredients may splatter, as can curries and other thick sauces.
(Remove whole mushrooms before cooking and add them once
heating is complete.)
Rice dishes
(Vacuum packed)
Ingredients/Directions
Cube two medium potatoes and one
small carrot. Cover each in plastic wrap
and cook using the 8 Root Vegetables
function. Add a cubed cucumber,
mayonnaise to taste, and a dash of salt
and pepper.
Pour the milk into a mug or glass.
Press 5 Milk or 36 Milk to warm.
[Tips]
• See hints for warming milk on
P. E-30
• See
P. E-31–E-33 for My Menu
36 Milk function
Instant foods
Cut root vegetables into equally-sized pieces or
choose whole vegetables of approximately the
same size.
●Skim or drain as needed
Vegetables like spinach need to be soaked into
water immediately after cooking. Vegetables like
eggplant and cauliflower should be soaked in
lightly salted or vinegared water to remove
impurities before cooking.
●Wrap vegetables tightly while still wet
and place directly on the ceramic tray
Do not use a bowl or plate.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Instant Foods
Beverages
Leafy Vegetables and
Root Vegetables
Directions
1 Cover the cabbage in plastic wrap and
cook using the 7 Leafy Vegetables function.
Drain.
2 In a bowl, combine the ingredients in A .
Press Microwave 700W , and enter
Approx. 30 min. to cook. Allow to cool, and
then add to the cabbage. Chill the mixture in
the refrigerator.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Hints for using the 7 Leafy Vegetables
1 Reheat
Remove the rice from its packaging and transfer to a ceramic
or heat-resistant bowl. Break up the rice into small chunks and
cover with plastic wrap or a lid.
• Stir well after heating.
• Follow the manufacturer's directions if cooking in the original
packaging. Poke holes in the top or vent, and then place the
package in the center of the ceramic tray in the oven cavity. Use the
manual cooking function to cook.
• Follow the cooking times printed on the package, checking the rice
often.
1 Reheat
E-101
Steam Reheating Asia & Middle-East Specialty
Auto Cooking
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
(Preparation)
Microwave
Steam
Microwave
600W
(Preparation)
Metal tray
Mid
Ceramic tray
3 Steam Reheat
Manual Cooking
Water tank
Reheating Rice
Oven
Metal tray
Mid
Full
Oven
(Preheat Yes, 1 Level)
Preheat
230°C
7–9 min.
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
230°C
15–20 min.
Ceramic tray
Water tank
Empty
Water tank
Empty
Spicy Prawn Rolls
Spicy Fish Grilled in Banana Leaves
(Otak-Otak Panggang)
Microwave
Microwave
600 W
4–5 min.
Water tank
Empty
Glutinous Rice Dumpling with Pork Filling
(Kuih Chang Babi)
Ingredients (one serving)
1 cup cold rice (150 g)
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line,
and insert it into the main unit.
2 Leave the rice uncovered. Press
3 Steam Reheat to heat.
Reheating Side Dishes
100-500 g steamed dumplings, Japanese
style fried noodles, or other side dish
Directions
1 Fill the water tank to the full line,
and insert it into the main unit.
2 Leave the rice uncovered. Press
3 Steam Reheat to heat.
Hints for using the 3 Steam Reheat function
• See
P. E-30 for hints and tips
• This function will not work well
for frozen rice or prepared frozen
side dishes. Use the 2 Defrost &
Reheat function instead.
E-102
• One cup = 250ml
2 macadamia nuts (10 g)
5 g peeled turmeric
1
4 tsp shrimp paste
2 tbsp sugar
1
8 tsp granulated salt
2 tbsp concentrated ripe tamarind juice
85 g dried prawn soaked in water and crushed
1 cup vegetable oil
30 g sliced green goat pepper
30 g sliced red goat pepper
30 g peeled and sliced garlic
55 g peeled and sliced shallot
2 springs of sliced lemongrass
(obliquely cut)
40 12.5 – 12.5 cm spring roll sheets
Vegetable oil for coating the spring roll sheets
Directions
1 Combine and then crush the
macadamia, turmeric, and shrimp paste.
2 Add the sugar, granulated salt, ripe
tamarind juice, and dried prawn, and
mix thoroughly.
3 Put the vegetable oil in a bowl. Place
the bowl in the microwave.
Press Microwave 600W and enter
3–5 min. to cook until the oil is hot. Take
the bowl out of the microwave. Add the
shallot, green goat pepper and red goat
pepper, and mix thoroughly. Place the
bowl back in the microwave.
Press Microwave 600W and enter
4–5 min. to cook.
4 Remove the bowl from the microwave.
Add the garlic and lemongrass to the
vegetable oil, and mix thoroughly. Place
the bowl in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 8–10 min. to
cook. Check the food often and mix
thoroughly.
5 Crush the garlic, shallot, lemongrass,
and goat peppers, and set aside.
6 Combine all the ingredients. Place the
bowl in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter
1 min.–1 min. 30 sec. to cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave and
mix thoroughly. After allowing to cool,
roll the mixture into 2.5 cm long sticks.
Wrapping Directions
1 Cut each of the spring roll sheets in
half. Fill each sheet with filling, roll it a
little, fold both sides, and then continue
rolling it to the ends. Finally, seal the
sheet with paste.
2 Cover the metal tray with a cooking
sheet. Thoroughly coat each roll with
vegetable oil. Lay 20 rolls on a cooking
sheet. Remove the ceramic tray.
Press Oven , 1Level , 230°C and enter
7–9 min with Preheat Yes to preheat.
3 Once the beep sounds indicating that
preheat is complete, insert the metal
tray into the mid rack to cook.
Take the metal tray out of the
microwave. Leave the rolls on the grill to
allow them to cool down. Keep the rolls
in the closed container. Serve the rolls
as snack with a cup of tea.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat Yes)
Note:
You can make the paste by mixing cassava (potato flour)
into the water and then stirring the mixture at low heat.
Ingredients for Sticky Rice
5 tbsp undiluted coconut milk
300 g spanish mackerel
3 tbsp water
1
8 tsp granulated salt
1
2 egg
2 tsp sliced kaffir lime leaf
1 tsp sliced kaffir lime peel
Banana leaves
Ingredients for Spice (Rempah)
60 g peeled onion
10 g peeled and sliced galangal
1 crushed macadamia nut
6 pieces dried goat pepper soaked in
water
3
4 tsp shrimp paste
6 g peeled and sliced turmeric
Ingredients for Seasoning
1 tsp Sugar
1
2 tsp granulated salt
1 tbsp vegetable oil
1 1 2 tsp roasted and ground coriander
seeds
• One cup = 250ml.
500 g sticky rice
2 tsp soy sauce
1
2 tsp granulated salt
1 tsp ground pepper
1 cup pork broth
3
4 cup water
3 tbsp lard
Soft boiled bamboo leaves
Directions
1 Put all the spice ingredients in the blender,
blend and mash thoroughly, and then put it
aside.
2 Scrape half of the fish meat off the bone
with a spoon and slice the other half into small
pieces.
3 Finely chop the scraped fish meat until it
becomes smooth. Dissolve the granulated salt
in water, and then add the saltwater to the
scraped fish until it becomes sticky.
4 Add the undiluted coconut milk, and mix or
blend the mixture. Add the egg, blended
spices (from 1 ), and seasoning ingredients,
and mix thoroughly. Add the sliced fish meat,
kaffir lime leaves, and kaffir lime peel. Mix
thoroughly.
5 Scoop up the mixture and put it on the
banana leaf. Spread the mixture until it is about
5x12 cm in size and then fold the banana leaf
Ingredients for Fillings
1 1 2 cups water
300 g pork with fat
30 g leaf lard
3 tbsp lard or vegetable oil
60 g peeled and finally chopped shallot
15 g peeled and finally chopped garlic
3
4 tsp granulated salt
3 tsp sugar
2 tsp ground pepper
5 tsp soy sauce
15 g dried Chinese mushroom soaked
in water and diced
1 tbsp roasted and pounded coriander
seeds
1 tbsp oyster sauce
1 tsp sweet black soy sauce
Directions
1 Combine the water, pork, and leaf lard in a
bowl. Place the bowl in the microwave and
close the lid. Press Microwave 600W and enter
5–7 min. to cook until it is well cooked.
Take the bowl out of the microwave. Let the
pork cool, and then dice it into small pieces.
horizontally so that the leaf overlaps. Pin both
tips of the banana leaf with a toothpick.
6 Lay 5 packs of the mixture on the center of
the metal tray. Remove the ceramic tray. Place
the metal tray on the mid rack and press Oven,
1Level , 230°C , 15–20 min. with Preheat No to
cook. Take the metal tray out of the
microwave. Serve while hot.
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
Steam Reheating
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
Ingredients (1–5 servings)
Ingredients
Ingredients
Using a sieve, pour out the soup and set it
aside.
2 Mix the lard, garlic, shallot, and Chinese
mushroom together. Put it in the microwave.
Press Microwave 600W and enter 4–5 min. to
cook until the mixture has a nice aroma.
Take it out of the microwave. Mix well.
3 Flavor with granulated salt, sugar, 1/2 cup
of sieved soup, ground pepper, soy sauce,
oyster sauce, sweet black soy sauce,
coriander seeds, pork, and leaf lard. Mix the
ingredients. Place the bowl in the microwave.
Press Microwave 600W and enter
10–12 min. to cook.
After cooking for 5 minutes, remove the bowl,
mix the ingredients, put the bowl back in the
microwave, and then cook for the remaining
time. Take the bowl out of the microwave. Mix
the ingredients again until almost dry, and then
set it aside.
4 Thoroughly wash the sticky rice with water,
and then discard the water. Soak the sticky rice in
water for 1 hour, and then drain the water.
5 Add lard to a bowl. Place the bowl in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W and enter
4–5 min. to cook until it is hot.
Take the bowl out of the microwave. Fry the
sticky rice in the hot lard. Add soup, water,
granulated salt, ground pepper, and soy sauce.
Stir. Place the bowl in the microwave and close
the lid. Press Microwave 600W and enter
13–14 min. to cook until it is well cooked.
Take the bowl out of the microwave. Stir the
sticky rice and close the lid.
• When taking out the container, be careful of
burns. Use a thick, dry dishcloth or a
commercially available oven mitt.
Wrapping the rice
1 Fold the bamboo leaf into a cone. Fill the
cone with 2 teaspoons of filling and sticky rice,
and then add stir-fried sticky rice, pushing it
tightly into the cone.
2 Shape the surface of the sticky rice so that
it is in the cone evenly.
3 Add 2 to 3 tablespoons more of filling
followed by sticky rice until the cone is full.
4 Fold the bamboo leaf around the sticky rice
and tie it tightly with string.
5 Using the string, tie the bamboo cones into
bunches of 5. Put the cones into a container.
Put the container in the microwave and close
the lid. Press Microwave 600W and enter
4–5 min. to cook.
Take the cones out of the microwave, and
serve while hot.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 6–8 servings
• You can wrap the fillings with other kinds
of leaf, such as pandanus and bamboo.
When using bamboo leaf, first soften it by
soaking it in water and then boiling it.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
[Tips]
• Makes 4–5 servings
• 1 pack of Spicy Fish Grilled in Banana
Leaves uses 35 g of raw ingredients.
• The leaf looks dry outside with a slight
burn mark, but is damp inside.
E-103
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
(Preparation)
Microwave
600W
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Microwave
600 W
10–12 min.
Water tank
Microwave
Empty
Stewed Vegetable Nyonya Style
(Chap Chye Masak Titik)
Ingredients
• One cup = 250ml.
250 g pork belly
1
8 tsp granulated salt
1 1 2 cups water
250 g peeled shrimp with tail
30 g clean ear mushroom
80 g golden needles mushroom
(without root)
30 g soaked vermicelli
60 g bean curd skin
Vegetable oil
30 g fermented whole soybeans (use
only soybeans)
500 g chopped cabbage
60 g soft Chinese mushroom soaked in
warm water
Ingredients for Spice (Rempah)
120 g peeled shallot
4 crushed macadamia nuts
15 g red goat pepper
2 tbsp shrimp paste
Ingredients for Flavoring Sauce
1
2 tsp granulated salt
2 tsp sugar
Directions
1 Combine the pork belly, water, and
granulated salt in a bowl. Place the bowl in the
microwave and close the lid. Press Microwave
600W and enter 10–12 min. to cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave. While the
pork is warm, thinly slice it. Drain the hot water
through a sieve to use as broth.
2 Put all the spice ingredients in the blender
and blend thoroughly, and then set them
aside.
3 Add 1/3 cup of the vegetable oil to the
bowl. Place the bowl in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 3–5 min. to cook
until it is hot.
Remove the bowl from the microwave and
add half of the soaked bean curd skin (30 g)
to the oil. Stir. Place the bowl back in the
Microwave
600 W
1–3 min.
Water tank
Empty
Fish in Spicy Tamarind Gravy
(Asam Gulai)
Ingredients
• One cup = 250ml.
1 piece dried garcenia/senna
3
4 tsp sugar
1
8 tsp granulated salt
9 okra pods
1 tbsp vegetable oil
1
2 cup water
6 peeled shrimps with tail
Ingredients for Curry Paste (Rempah)
1 sliced lemongrass
1
4 tsp sliced turmeric
5 pieces dried goat pepper soaked in
water
5 shallot bulbs
1 clove garlic
3
4 tsp shrimp paste
Ingredients for Seasoning
1 3 4 tsp sugar
1
2 tsp granulated salt
1 cup ripe tamarind juice
microwave. Press Microwave 600W and enter
3–5 min. to cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave. Use a
ladle to drain the oil from the bean curd skin.
Add the rest of bean curd skin to the bowl.
• When taking out the container, be careful of
burns. Use a thick, dry dishcloth or a
commercially available oven mitt.
4 Add 2 tablespoons of vegetable oil, spice
ingredients, and the fermented whole
soybeans to the bowl and stir. Place the bowl
in the microwave. Press Microwave 600W and
enter 3–5 min. to cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave and stir.
5 Add shrimp to the bowl from 4 , put it in
the microwave, and close the lid. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 2–3 min. to cook.
Open the microwave. Take out the bowl and
stir.
6 Add the cabbage, pork, and all the
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 2-3 servings
• To preserve the green color of the vegetables,
promptly move them from boiling water to ice
cold water, changing the water often so that the
vegetables quickly cool.
• You can make ripe tamarind juice by soaking
1 1 2 teaspoons of ripe tamarind in a cup of
water (1 measuring cup), letting it sit for a while,
and then pouring it through a sieve to get the
juice.
ingredients to the bowl, and then flavor with
the pork broth from 1 . Stir. Place the bowl in
the microwave and close the lid. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 10–12 min. to
cook. After the first 5 minutes, remove the
bowl from the microwave and stir. Put it back
into the microwave and continue cooking until
the time is up. Take it out of the microwave.
7 Stir, and then place the Chap Chye Masak
Titik on a dish and serve while hot.
Manual Cooking(Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 5–6 servings
• Medium boil the pork.
• Do not make the shrimp paste too
salty. If the shrimp paste is too salty,
reduce the amount of salt and fermented
whole soybeans.
• 60 g of bean curd skin will weigh 190 g
after soaking in water to soften.
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Grill 21–26 min.
Microwave 600W
4–5 min.
(Preparation)
Microwave
600W
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Microwave
600 W
8–11 min.
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Water tank
(Relay heating)
Empty
Microwave
600 W
4–5 min.
200 W
19–21 min.
Water tank
Empty
Chicken in Rich Spicy Gravy Beef Rendang
(Ayam Kleo)
Ingredients
Ingredients
• One cup = 250ml.
650 g bone-in chicken
3
4 cup undiluted coconut milk
1
2 tsp granulated salt
4 tsp water
• One cup = 250ml.
350g beef sirloin diced into 2.5 x 2.5cm
pieces
3 tbsp grated coconut
1
4 cup undiluted coconut milk
2 tbsp vegetable oil
2 kaffir lime leaves
3
4 cup medium thick coconut milk
Ingredients for Marinade
1
2 tsp granulated salt
1
2 tsp sugar
1
2 tsp seasoning sauce
Ingredients for Spice (Rempah)
60 g peeled shallot
1 sliced lemongrass sprig
1 1 2 tsp sliced galangal
2 red goat peppers
2 pieces sliced ginger
1 clove peeled garlic
2 crushed macadamia nuts
10 dried goat peppers soaked in water
1
2 tsp shrimp paste
Ingredients for Seasoning
1
8 tsp granulated salt
1
2 tsp sugar
1
2 tsp flavoring sauce
Ingredients for Spice (Rempah)
2 dried chilis
1 red goat pepper
1 tsp sliced lemongrass
4 pieces crushed macadamia
1 1 2 tsp peeled ginger
1
4 tsp peeled turmeric
2 cloves peeled garlic
6-8 peeled shallot
Ingredients for Seasoning
1
tsp granulated salt
piece dried garcenia
2 kaffir lime leaves
1 sprig pounded and cut lemongrass
2
1
2
Directions
1 Put all the spice ingredients in the
blender and blend thoroughly.
2 Sprinkle the chicken with
granulated salt. Add 1 tablespoon of
ground spices from 1 . Add water.
Mix well and let sit for 20 minutes.
3 Cover the metal tray with a
cooking sheet. Lay the chicken on
the cooking sheet. Remove the
ceramic tray. Place the metal tray on
the top rack and press Grill ,
21–26 min. to cook.
After 11–13 minutes, open the
microwave, turn the chicken over,
and then put it back in the microwave
to continue cooking, until it reaches
21-26 minutes and the chicken turns
gold in color.
4 Combine a 1/4 cup of undiluted
coconut milk and the rest of the
spices in a bowl and mix them
together. Place the bowl in the
Directions
1 Marinate the beef in the marinade
ingredients for 30 minutes.
2 Put all the spice ingredients in the
blender and blend thoroughly, and then
set them aside.
3 On a plate, spread 3 tablespoons of
grated coconut into a thin layer. Place
the plate in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 2–3 min. to
cook.
Remove the plate from the microwave,
stir the coconut, let cool, and then
thoroughly crush the coconut.
4 Combine the vegetable oil and kaffir
lime leaves in a bowl. Place the bowl in
the microwave. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 1 min. 30 sec.–2 min. to cook
until it makes a nice aroma.
Remove the bowl from the microwave.
Add the spices and stir. Place the bowl
back in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 2–3 min. to
cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave.
* When taking out the container, be
careful of burns. Use a thick, dry
dishcloth or a commercially available
oven mitt.
5 Add the beef and coconut milk, and
mix well. Place the bowl in the
microwave and close the lid. Use the
P. E-42 by
relay heating function
pressing Microwave 600W and entering
4–5min. , and then press Microwave
200W and enter 19–21min.
Continue to cook until the time is up.
Take the bowl out of the microwave
and stir.
6 Add the undiluted coconut milk.
Flavor with granulated salt, sugar, and
flavoring sauce. Add the crushed
coconut from
3 . Mix thoroughly. Put the bowl in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 8–15 min. to cook.
After the first 5 minutes, remove the
bowl and stir. Put it back in the
microwave and continue cooking until
the time is up. Take the bowl out of the
microwave and stir the mixture again.
7 Place the Beef Rendang on a dish
and serve while hot.
Relay Heating
Manual Cooking(Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
E-104
Ceramic tray
Directions
1 Thoroughly mix the dried garcenia,
sugar, granulated salt, and water.
Add the okra to the mixture and let sit
for 10 minutes. Place the bowl in the
microwave and close the lid. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 3 min.
30 sec.–4 min. to cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave.
Ladle the okra, and then cool and
preserve their green color by soaking
them in cold water. Lift the ladle to
drain the water.
2 Thoroughly grind or crush the curry
paste ingredients.
3 Put the vegetable oil and curry
paste in the bowl and mix well. Place
the bowl in the microwave. Heat the
curry paste by pressing Microwave
600W , and enter 1 min.–1 min. 30 sec.
until it makes a nice aroma.
Take the bowl out of the microwave.
4 Flavor with the ripe tamarind juice,
sugar, and granulated salt, and mix
well. Place the bowl in the microwave
and close the lid. Press Microwave
600W and enter 3–4 min. to cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave.
Add the shrimp and mix well. Place
the bowl in the microwave again and
close the lid. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 1–3 min. to cook until it is
well cooked.
Take the bowl out of the microwave.
5 Add the okra to the bowl from 4
and mix well. Put it in the serving dish
and serve while hot.
• Makes 3–4 servings
microwave. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 4–5 min. to cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave.
Stir. Add the grilled chicken,
seasoning, and the rest of undiluted
coconut milk to the bowl and stir.
5 Place the bowl in the microwave.
Press Microwave 600W and enter
8–11 min. to cook.
After 5 minutes, remove the bowl,
turn over the the chicken, and stir.
Place the bowl back in the
microwave. Close the microwave and
continue cooking.
6 Arrange on a plate and serve.
Manual Cooking(Grill)
Manual Cooking(Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 3–4 servings
• A well-prepared dish depends on
chicken that is not dry. A juicy chicken
will be tender and delicious.
E-105
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
2-3 min.
2-3 min.
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Microwave
600W
Water tank
9-12 min.
Empty
2 min. 30 sec.–3 min.
Spicy Shrimp Soup
(Tom Yam Goong)
Manual Cooking
Ceramic tray
[Tips]
• One shrimp weighs about 60 g.
• After peeling, 600 g of shrimp will
weigh about 350 g.
E-106
Microwave
600W
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Microwave
600 W
5–7 min.
Microwave
Water tank
Empty
Microwave
600 W
4–5 min.
Water tank
Microwave
Empty
Microwave
600 W
6–10 min.
Water tank
Empty
Microwave
Microwave
600 W
2–4 min.
Water tank
Empty
Flat Rice Noodles Roll Baked Crab with Vermicelli in Clay Pot Pork in Crystal Balls
Won Ton Soup
Ingredients
Ingredients
Ingredients for Crystal Ball
• One cup = 250ml.
500 g flat rice noodles(cut into 20 x 23 cm pieces)
4 cups mung bean sprouts (tails removed)
2 tbsp chopped garlic
3 tbsp vegetable oil
• One cup = 250ml.
1 sea crab (450-500 g)
2 cups soaked and cut vermicelli (250 g)
1
2 cup sliced leaf lard or bacon (80 g)
1
2 tsp granulated salt
1 tsp ground black pepper
1 1 2 tsp soy sauce
1 tbsp sesame oil
1 tbsp oyster sauce
1 1 2 tsp sugar
2 tsp sweet black soy sauce
1 tsp fragrant chili
4 slices old ginger (10 g)
5 coriander roots (5 g)
10 cloves garlic (10 g)
1
2 cup chicken broth
2 stalks green onion cut into
7.5 cm-long pieces (10 g)
1 sprig celery cut into 2.5 cm-long pieces (2 g)
• One Cup = 250ml.
2 cups premium small sago
3
4 cup water
Ingredients for roll filling
1 cup ground pork (200 g)
2 cup chopped shrimp (100 g)
2 tbsp chopped stalk green onion
1
4 cup pressed bean curd cake (shredded)
2 coriander root
5 cloves garlic
1
2 tsp crushed pepper
1 1 2 tbsp light soy sauce
1 egg white
1
Ingredients
• One cup = 250ml.
20 won ton sheets
1 cup coarsely chopped white prawns
(200 g)
1
8 tsp granulated salt
120 g Chinese mustard green diced
into 4 cm pieces
1 tbsp dry-pickled vegetables
2 tbsp coarsely chopped green onion
2 tbsp coarsely chopped coriander
2 tbsp chopped garlic
1
4 cup vegetable oil
2 tsp coriander root
1 tbsp sliced garlic
1
4 tbsp pepper
Ground pepper
Ingredients for Soup
4 1 2 cups chicken broth
2 1 2 tbsp soy sauce
1
4 tsp granulated salt
1 tsp sugar
1
4 tsp slightly crushed pepper
Directions
1 Combine the chopped garlic and
vegetable oil in a bowl and mix
thoroughly. Place the bowl in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 2–3 min. to cook. Take the
bowl out of the microwave.
• When taking out the container, be
careful of burns. Use a thick, dry
dishcloth or a commercially available
oven mitt.
2 Lay the Chinese mustard green on a
plate, sprinkle with water, and then
cover with food wrap. Place the plate in
the microwave. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 2–3 min. to cook. Take the
plate out of the microwave and
immediately immerse it in cold water to
maintain the bright green color of the
Chinese mustard green. Drain.
3 Combine and then crush the
coriander root, garlic, and pepper.
4 Thoroughly mix the shrimps with
the granulated salt and the
ingredients from 3 . Fill the won ton
sheets with the mixture and tightly
fold them. Lay the folded won ton on
a plate and thoroughly sprinkle them
with water. Cover the plate with food
wrap. Place the plate in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 3–4 min. to cook until the
shrimps turn pink.
Take it out of the microwave.
5 Combine all the soup ingredients in
the container and put it in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 5–7 min. to cook.
6 Arrange the won ton in a bowl with
the Chinese mustard green
underneath. Sprinkle with green
onion, coriander, dry-pickled
vegetable leaves, ground pepper, and
the fried garlic from 1 . Pour the
soup into a bowl and serve.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 4 servings
Ingredients for dipping sauce
1
cup vinegar
cup black soy sauce
2 tbsp flavoring sauce
1
4 cup fish sauce
7 tbsp thick syrup
2 tbsp crushed yellow goat pepper
2 tbsp chopped garlic
4
1
4
Directions
1 Thoroughly rinse the bean sprouts and put them in a bowl.
Place the bowl in the microwave and close the lid. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 2–3 min. to cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave. Soak the bean sprouts in
cold water to cool them and drain.
2 Combine the chopped garlic and vegetable oil in a bowl
and mix thoroughly. Place the bowl in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 1 min. 50 sec.–2 min. 30 sec. to
cook until the garlic turns slightly golden. Remove from the
microwave, put the garlic in a container, and set aside.
3 Combine all the filling ingredients. Lay the flat rice noodles
on a plain container. Take a scoop of the filling and apply it to
1/2 of a noodle. Put the bean sprouts on the edges and tightly
roll the noodle. Lay 3 rolled noodles on a plate.
Place the plate in the microwave and close the lid. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 4–5 min. to cook.
Take the plate out of the microwave, cut the noodle rolls into
bite-size pieces, and then put them on a serving plate. Sprinkle
with garlic and serve with dipping sauce.
4 Combine all the dipping sauce ingredients in a small dish.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 3-4 servings
• 1 flat rice noodle roll contains about
70 g of filling and 30 g of bean sprouts.
Directions
1 Rinse the crab and chop it into 6
pieces. Sprinkle with granulated salt,
black pepper, soy sauce, and
sesame oil, and then mix. Let the
crab sit for 15 minutes.
2 Combine the fragrant chili, old
ginger, coriander root, garlic, and leaf
lard (or bacon) in a bowl. Place the
bowl in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 3–4 min.
to cook.
3 Combine the vermicelli, broth,
oyster sauce, sugar, sweet black soy
sauce, green onions, celery, and
mixed crab. Close the lid and place
the bowl in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 6–10 min.
to cook. Take the bowl out of the
microwave.
4 Thoroughly mix and serve.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 3–4 servings.
• If you want extra soft vermicelli, add
1
4 cup more of soup.
• Certain brands of vermicelli absorb
moisture more efficiently than others.
• Thinly slice the leaf lard so that it
produces more oil.
Ingredients for Pork Filling
1 cup minced pork
1 cup pickled Chinese turnip (grated)
1 cup chopped shallot
1
2 cup crushed roasted peanuts
2 tsp sliced coriander root
1 tbsp sliced garlic
1 tsp pepper
1 cup palm sugar
2 tbsp fish sauce
2 tbsp vegetable oil
Fried garlic
Coriander
Guinea pepper
Lettuce
Directions
1 Combine and then crush the coriander root, garlic, and pepper.
2 Combine the vegetable oil and ingredients from item 1 in a
bowl. Mix thoroughly. Place the bowl in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 1 min.-1 min. 30 sec. to cook until it
makes a nice aroma. Take the bowl out of the microwave. With the
exception of the peanuts, add the rest of the ingredients and mix
thoroughly. Place the bowl in the microwave. Press Microwave
600W and enter 13-17 min. to cook. (Take the bowl out of the
microwave every 5 minutes and stir the ingredients.) Take the bowl
out of the microwave. Add the peanuts and stir. Put the bowl back in
the microwave. Press Microwave 600W for another 1 min. 30 sec.
–3 min. Take the bowl out and mix the ingredients. Allow to cool,
and then mold the mixture into balls 1 cm in diameter.
3 Rinse the sago, drain, and set aside. Pour the water into a bowl.
Place the bowl in the microwave and close the lid. Press Microwave
600W and enter 2 min.-2 min. 30 sec. to cook. Take the bowl out
and add the sago to the hot water. Press the sago with a spatula to
immerse it in the water. Place the bowl back into the microwave.
Press Microwave 600W for another 1 min. -1 min. 30 sec. Take the
bowl out of the microwave. Thoroughly mix the sago and set aside.
4 Spread 10 g of sago on the food wrap, put a filling ball(about 5
g) in the middle, and then wrap it up. Lay 10 sago balls on the plate
and cover them with the food wrap. Place the plate in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W and enter 2-4 min. to cook.
Take the plate out of the microwave. Sprinkle the dish with fried
garlic. Serve with coriander, lettuce, and guinea pepper.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
Directions
1 Combine the kaffir lime leaf,
galangal, lemongrass, and chicken
broth in a bowl. Place the bowl in the
microwave and close the lid. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 9–12 min.
to cook.
2 Take the bowl out of the
microwave. Flavor with crushed
guinea pepper, lime juice, fish sauce,
chili paste, and evaporated milk. Stir
and set aside.
3 Lay the shrimp on the plate and
cover with food wrap. Put the plate in
the microwave. Press Microwave
600W and enter 2 min. 30 sec.–3 min.
to cook. Take the plate out of the
microwave. Add the cooked shrimp.
4 Ladle the soup into a bowl and
sprinkle it with coriander.
Serve while hot.
Manual Cooking(Microwave Heating)
Manual Cooking
Ceramic tray
Ingredients
• One cup = 250ml.
350 g peeled banana shrimp with tail
4-5 kaffir lime leaf
5 crushed and chopped galangal rings
2 pieces of crushed and chopped
lemongrass (20 g)
10 slightly crushed guinea peppers
5 tbsp fish sauce
1
4 cup lime juice
1 tbsp chili paste
1
3 cup evaporated milk
4 cups chicken broth or water
1 stalk coriander leaf
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
3–4 min.
(Preparation)
Microwave
600W
2-3 min.
1 min. 50 sec.–2 min. 30 sec.
(Preparation)
E-107
Manual Cooking
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
200W
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Microwave
600 W
8–10 min.
Water tank
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
200W
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Empty
Microwave
600 W
11–13 min.
Water tank
Manual Cooking
Ceramic tray
Microwave
Empty
Microwave
600 W
2–3 min.
Water tank
Empty
Steamed Pomfret with Pickled Plum Soft Rice and Pork Ribs Honey Roasted Pork Spare Ribs
Ceramic tray
Manual Cooking
Metal tray
Mid
Ceramic tray
Oven
Water tank
Microwave
Empty
Microwave
600 W
14-16 min.
200 W
18-20 min.
Water tank
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
230 ºC
27–32 min.
Water tank
Empty
Empty
Cassertyole Duck Thai Style Chicken Drum Stick Panang Masala Chicken
Ingredients
Ingredients
Ingredients
Ingredients
Ingredients
• One cup = 250ml.
1 pomfret (600 g)
2 tbsp sliced leaf lard
1
4 cup dried Chinese mushroom
soaked in water and vertically cut
1
4 cup green onion cut into 2.5 cm-long
pieces
1
4 cup celery cut into 2.5 cm-long
pieces
1 pickled plum
2 tbsp red goat chili vertically cut
2 tbsp chopped fresh ginger
1
2 knob of old ginger (crushed)
*One cup = 250ml.
200 g pork ribs cut into 3 cm-long
pieces
1
4 cup dried shrimp (not salty)
1
2 cup rice
1
4 cup celery cut into sections
1 tbsp dry-pickled vegetables
2 tbsp crispy fried garlic
1
1 2 tbsp light soy sauce
1
2 tsp ground pepper
4 cups chicken broth
1
2 cup dried pressed bean curd slices
1 1 2 cups vegetable oil
• One cup = 250ml.
500 g pork spare ribs
200 g Chinese mustard green cut
into 5 cm-long pieces
1 1 2 tsp corn flour
1 1 2 tbsp water
Ingredients 1
2 tbsp cake flour
1 tbsp flavoring sauce
3
4 tsp ground pepper
1
2 tsp sweet black soy sauce
1 tbsp oyster sauce
1 tbsp sesame oil
2 tbsp honey
Ingredients 2
1 tbsp honey
1 tsp sugar
1
2 tsp granulated salt
1 tsp sweet black soy sauce
1
2 cup chicken broth
• One cup = 250ml.
1
2 stewed duck (about 600g)
4 cups chicken broth
2-3 slices galangal
2 sprigs crushed and chopped
lemongrass
2 red goat chili peppers chopped into
2.5cm-long pieces
2 kaffir lime leaves
3 shallot bulbs (crushed) (10 g each)
2 tbsp lime juice
2 tbsp fish sauce
1 tbsp flavoring sauce
10 small tomatoes (10 g each)
• One cup = 250ml.
1
4 cup undiluted coconut milk
1 tbsp vegetable oil
6 chicken drum sticks (740 g)
3
4 cup medium thick coconut milk
2 tbsp fish sauce
1 tbsp palm sugar
1
4 cup sweet basil leaf
3 sliced kaffir lime leaf
1 sliced red goat pepper
Ingredients for Panang chili paste
7 dried red goat peppers without seeds (30 g)
1
4 cup chopped shallot (30 g)
2 tbsp chopped garlic (10 g)
1 tbsp chopped galangal
2 tbsp chopped lemongrass
1 tsp sliced kaffir lime peel
2 tsp sliced coriander root
1
2 tsp ground pepper
1
2 tsp granulated salt
1 tsp shrimp paste
• One cup = 250ml.
500 g whole chicken wings
1 tsp corn seed oil
1
4 tsp cumin powder
1
2 tsp coriander seed powder
1
4 tsp turmeric powder
1
4 tsp paprika powder
1
2 tsp masala powder
1
4 tsp grated lemon peel
1
2 tsp lime juice
1
1 2 tsp granulated salt
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
4 tsp pickled plum sauce
2 tsp sugar
2 tsp soy sauce
1 tsp Chinese rice wine
1
2 tsp ground pepper
1 tbsp sesame oil
Directions
1 Clean and gut the fish and rinse
thoroughly. Score the fish and drain.
2 Stuff the fish with old ginger.
Lay the fish on a serving plate and
sprinkle with leaf lard, Chinese
mushroom, green onions, celery,
chopped fresh ginger, goat pepper,
and pickled plum.
3 Combine all the sauce ingredients.
Pour the sauce on the fish. Close the
lid or cover the plate with food wrap.
Place the plate in the microwave.
Press Microwave 600W and enter
8–10 min. to cook. Take out of the
microwave and serve.
Manual Cooking(Microwave Heating)
Directions
1 Thoroughly rinse the pork ribs, and then put
them in a serving pot. Add the chicken broth.
Put the microwave cover on the pot and place it
in the microwave. Press Microwave 600W and
enter 10–12 min. to cook.
Uncover and remove fatty impurities from the
surface of the broth. Lower the power to
Microwave 200W and enter 18-22 min. to cook.
2 Thoroughly rinse the rice and drain. Put the
rice and dried shrimp into a pot. Season with
light soy sauce and ground pepper. Put the
microwave cover on the pot and place it in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W and enter
11–13 min. to cook until the rice is cooked.
Take the pot out of the microwave and ladle the
contents into a bowl. Sprinkle with fried garlic,
celery, and dry-pickled vegetables. Serve while
hot with fried bean curd slices.
How to fry bean curd
Pour oil into a heat-resistant bowl and put it in
the microwave. Press Microwave 600W and
enter 6–8 min. to cook.
Open the microwave and take the bowl out. Put
the bean curd slices into the bowl and stir until
the bean curd is well cooked. While stirring, be
careful to not get spattered by hot oil. Put the
bean curd onto a paper towel.
• When taking out the container, be careful of
burns. Use a thick, dry dishcloth or a
commercially available oven mitt.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
Directions
1 Rinse the pork spare ribs, and then wipe them
dry. Combine the spare ribs with ingredients 1 and
let sit for about 1 hour.
2 Lay the mixed spare ribs on a dish and place it in
the microwave. Press Microwave 600W and enter
6–8 min. to cook until the mixed spare ribs are cooked.
3 Add ingredients 2 and mix thoroughly. Place the
dish in the microwave and close the lid. Press
Microwave 200W and enter 24–27 min. to cook.
Take the dish out of the microwave.
4 Dissolve the corn flour in water, pour it on the
spare ribs, and then mix thoroughly. Place the dish in
the microwave. Press Microwave 600W and enter
2–3 min. to cook.
5 Lay the Chinese mustard greens on a dish and
cover them with food wrap. Place the dish in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W and enter
1 min. 30 sec.–4 min. to cook. Take the dish out of
the microwave and remove the food wrap. Cool the
Chinese mustard greens by immersing them in very
cold water. Drain.
6 Arrange the honey roasted spare ribs and the
Chinese mustard green on a serving plate. Serve
while hot.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 4 servings
• Makes 2–3 servings.
Directions
1 Chop the stewed duck into bite
size pieces and put in a container.
Combine the chicken broth, galangal,
lemongrass, goat pepper, kaffir lime
leaves, and shallots. Place the
container in the microwave and close
the lid. Use the relay heating function
P. E-42 by pressing Microwave
600W and entering 13–17min. , and
then pressing Microwave 200W and
entering 20–22 min . Microwave until
the duck meat is tender. Take the
container out of the microwave.
2 Add the small tomatoes and flavor
with lime juice, fish sauce, and
flavoring sauce. Place the container
in the microwave. Press Microwave
600W and enter 5–7 min. to cook.
Take it out of microwave and serve.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Directions
1 Finely crush the Panang chili paste
ingredients.
2 Combine the vegetable oil, Panang chili
paste, and undiluted coconut milk in a
bowl, and mix thoroughly. Place the bowl in
the microwave. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 4 min.–4 min. 30 sec. to cook.
3 Add the chicken drum sticks to the
Panang chili paste. Add the coconut milk.
Flavor with fish sauce and palm sugar.
Close the lid and place the bowl in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W and
enter 14–16 min. to cook.
Remove the lid and lower the power to
Microwave 200W for another 18–20 min.
Take the bowl out of the microwave and
mix the ingredients. Sprinkle the dish with
kaffir lime leaves, sweet basil leaves, and
goat pepper.
[Tips]
• Makes 5-6 servings
• After the Panang chili paste ingredients are
crushed you will have about a 1/2 cup of paste.
• If you want a thicker red curry, cook the Panang
chili paste for another 3 minutes.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Directions
1 Combine the cumin powder,
coriander seed powder, turmeric
powder, paprika powder, masala
powder, lemon peel, granulated salt,
lime juice, and corn seed oil.
2 Add the chicken wings and
marinate for 3 hours.
3 Cover the metal tray with a
cooking sheet. Lay the chicken wings
on the center of the metal tray. Apply
a thin coat of corn seed oil to the
chicken wings. Remove the ceramic
tray. Place the metal tray on the mid
rack and press Oven , 1Level , 230°C ,
27–32 min. with Preheat No to cook.
After the first 18 minutes, open the
microwave, turn over the chicken,
and apply a thin coat of corn seed oil.
Continue cooking until the time is up
and the wings turn golden brown.
Take the metal tray out of the
microwave.
4 Arrange the Masala Chicken on the
dish together with salad greens, chili
sauce, and tomato sauce. Serve
while hot.
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
Ingredients
Ingredients for Sauce
E-108
Microwave
600 W
Microwave 13–17 min.
200 W
(Relay heating)
20–22 min.
600 W
5–7 min.
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
4 min.–4 min. 30 sec.
(Preparation)
[Tips]
• Makes 4–5 servings
• If you want crispier chicken wings,
cook them a while longer.
• Once cooked, the chicken will have
juicy meat with golden skin.
E-109
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
(Preparation)
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
2 min.–2 min. 30 sec.
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
Manual Cooking
Ceramic tray
for Microwave
Microwave
Ceramic tray
Oven
Microwave
Microwave
600 W
13–15 min.
Water tank
Microwave
Empty
Microwave
600 W
8–11 min.
Manual Cooking
Water tank
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
Empty
Ceramic tray
for Microwave
Microwave
Microwave
600 W
11-14 min.
230ºC
9–12 min.
Metal tray
bottom for oven
Water tank
Oven
(Preheat No, 1 Level)
Empty
Microwave
600W
5–7 min.
18–20 min.
200ºC
40–50 min.
Manual Cooking
Microwave
600W
5–6 min.
(Preparation)
Ceramic tray
Metal tray
bottom for oven
Water tank
Empty
Microwave Microwave
600W
Water tank
20 min.
10–12 min.
Empty
Stuffed Zucchini Lebanese Meatballs Lamb with Green Herbs
Fish Kabsa
Ingredients
Directions
1 Thoroughly wash the jasmine rice, and
then soak it in water for 15 minutes.
2 Thoroughly rinse the fish and drain.
Sprinkle the fish with cinnamon powder,
turmeric powder, and coriander seed
powder. Mix the powder thoroughly and
let sit for 15 minutes.
3 Add the vegetable oil to a bowl. Place
the bowl in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 2-3 min. to
cook until it is hot.
Take the bowl out of the microwave. Lay
the fish in the bowl. Place the bowl in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W and
enter 4 min.-4 min. 30 sec. to cook.
After the fish is cooked, drain the oil with
a ladle.
• When taking out the container, be
careful of burns. Use a thick, dry
dishcloth or a commercially available
oven mitt.
4 Add the onion, garlic, and ginger in the
oil left from 3 , and stir. Place the bowl in
the microwave. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 13–15 min. to cook. After the
first 7 minutes, remove the bowl and add
the goat pepper, cardamom, and clove
bud. Stir. Place the bowl back into the
microwave and continue cooking until the
time is up.
5 Take the bowl out and stir. Add the
tomatoes. Place the bowl back in the
microwave. Press Microwave 600W and
enter 4–5 min. to cook.
After the tomatoes are cooked, take the
bowl out of the microwave.
6 Dissolve salt in water and set it aside.
7 Mix the jasmine rice and coriander with
the mixture from 5 . Bury the fried fish in
the rice. Pour the salt water from 6 over
the rice. Place the bowl in the microwave
and close the lid. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 13–15 min. to cook until it is
well cooked.
Take the bowl out of the microwave and
stir.
8 Put the Fish Kabsa on a well-decorated
8.
dish. Serve with chili sauce.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 4–5 servings.
• To remove the fishy smell, sprinkle the
fish with salt and cassava (potato flour),
rinse, and then drain.
Ingredients
• One cup = 250ml.
70 g coarsely chopped onion
1 clove crushed garlic
1 tbsp sunflower seed oil
140 g canned red beans
1
2 tsp cumin seed
140 g corn in salt water
1 cup vegetable stock
1 tbsp coarsely chopped parsley
1 tbsp lime juice
1
2 tsp ground pepper
1
4 tsp granulated salt
1 tsp coarsely chopped green onion
Sour cream
Cheddar cheese
Arabic bread cut into 1 1 2 cm-long
pieces and baked as you like
Directions
1 Combine the sunflower seed oil, onion,
garlic, cumin, ground pepper, and
granulated salt in a bowl. Place the bowl in
the microwave. Press Microwave 600W and
enter 2 min.–2 min. 30 sec. to cook. Take
the bowl out of the microwave. Stir.
2 Add the corn, red beans, parsley, and
vegetable stock to the bowl, and mix
thoroughly. Place the bowl in the microwave
and close the lid. Press Microwave 600W
and enter 8–11 min. to cook.
After the first 5 minutes, remove the bowl,
stir, and then put it back in the microwave
and continue cooking until the time is up.
Take the bowl out of the microwave.
3 Add lime juice and stir. Ladle the soup
into a serving cup, garnish it with cheddar
cheese, and then sprinkle it with bread and
sour cream. Embellish the soup with
coarsely chopped green onion and serve.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 3–4 servings
• After removing the Spicy Bean Soup from
the microwave, the amount of soup will
decrease as the ingredients absorb it.
Ingredients
Ingredients
Ingredients
• One cup = 250ml.
9 hollowed and cut zucchinis (cut into
6.5 cm-long pieces)
1
4 cup water
2 tbsp lime juice
2 tbsp olive oil
Coriander
Mint yogurt
Ingredients for Filling
1
2 cup jasmine rice
3 tbsp coarsely chopped coriander
3 tbsp coarsely chopped dill
1
2 cup coarsely chopped onion
1
2 cup vegetable stock
1
2 tsp coarsely chopped and crushed garlic
1
2 tsp coarse ground black pepper
1
2 tsp curry powder
1 tsp granulated salt
1
2 cup coarsely chopped tomato pulp
• One cup = 250ml.
500 g chopped mutton
330 g coarsely chopped onion (2 bulbs)
4 cloves chopped garlic
1
4 cup coarsely chopped coriander
1 tsp paprika powder
1 tsp grated lime peel
2 tsp lime juice
2 tsp concentrated tomato
4 tsp pine nuts
1 egg
6 tsp flour (cake flour)
1 1 2 tsp granulated salt
1 tsp coarse ground black pepper
3 tbsp corn seed oil
2 tbsp olive oil
3 cups diced potatoes
1
2 sliced red sweet pepper
1
2 sliced yellow sweet pepper
4 cups tomato juice
2 tsp ground cumin
2 tbsp coarsely chopped parsley
• One cup = 250ml.
500 g diced lamb chops (no bone)
2 tbsp sunflower seed oil
3 chopped medium-sized onions (150 g each)
1 tsp crushed garlic
1 tsp grated ginger
1 tsp turmeric powder
1
4 tsp granulated salt
Directions
1 Combine the chopped mutton with the onions, garlic, coriander, parsley, paprika
powder, lime juice, grated lime peel, concentrated tomato, pine nuts, egg, and flour.
Flavor with 1 1 4 teaspoons of granulated salt and black pepper. Thoroughly mix the
ingredients, and then shape the chopped mutton into balls about 15 g each.
2 Add the corn seed oil to a bowl. Neatly arrange the 20 balls in the bowl. Put the
bowl in the microwave. Press Microwave 600W and enter 5-7 min. to cook until it is
medium cooked. Take the bowl out of the microwave. Ladle the mutton to drain the oil
and set aside (do the same to the rest of the mutton without adding more oil).
3 Combine the olive oil, sweet peppers, cumin, tomato juice, potatoes, the rest of
the salt, and the mutton, and mix well. Put the bowl in the microwave and press
Microwave 600W and enter 18-20 min. to cook.
• Be sure to use a microwave oven safe bowl.
After the first 10 minutes, remove the bowl, stir, and then put the bowl it back in the
microwave until the time is up. When the mutton is well cooked, take the bowl out of the
microwave.
4 Cover the bowl with foil and place it in the center of the metal tray. Remove the
ceramic tray and insert the metal tray into the bottom rack. Press Oven , 1Level ,
200°C , 40-50 min . with Preheat No to cook. Take the bowl out of the microwave.
5 Serve while hot with rice or egg noodle.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Directions
1 Thoroughly rinse the jasmine rice, soak it in
water for 10 minutes, and then drain the water.
2 Combine the filling ingredients.
3 Hollow out the zucchini, rinse it thoroughly,
and then drain. Stuff the zucchini with filling and
put it in a bowl. Add the rest of the filling to the
bowl, and then add water. Place the bowl in the
microwave and close the lid. Press Microwave
600W and enter 11–14 min. to cook until it is well
cooked.
• Be sure to use a microwave oven safe bowl.
4 Remove the bowl from the microwave. Pour
the olive oil and lime juice on the ingredients.
Place in the center of the metal tray. Remove the
ceramic tray and insert the metal tray into the
bottom rack. Press Oven , 1Level , 230°C ,
9–12 min. with Preheat No to cook. When the
stuffed zucchini has a slight burn mark, take the
bowl out of the microwave.
5 Place the Stuffed Zucchini on a dish and
embellish it with coriander. Serve with mint yogurt.
Ingredients for Marinade
1 1 4 cups plain yogurt
1 coarsely chopped green pepper
1 cup coarsely chopped coriander
1
2 cup coarsely chopped spinach
3 tsp coarsely chopped fenugreek
3 tsp coarsely chopped mint leaves
6 pieces coarsely chopped green goat
pepper (no seeds)
1 tsp masala powder
1
4 tsp chopped galangal
1
2 tsp paprika powder
1
2 tsp granulated salt
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
[Tips]
Manual Cooking (Oven Heating: Preheat No)
[Tips]
Directions
1 Combine the ingredients in a bowl.
Marinade the lamb chops in the ingredients for
1 hour.
2 Combine the sunflower seed oil, garlic,
onion, galangal, ginger, and granulated salt in a
bowl. Place the bowl in the microwave. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 5–6 min. to cook.
Take the bowl out of the microwave and stir.
3 Add the marinated lamb chops to the
mixture from 6 . Mix thoroughly. Place the
bowl in the microwave and close the lid. Press
Microwave 600W and enter 20 min. , stir, and
then press Microwave 600W for another
10–12 min .
After the first 15 minutes, remove the bowl, stir
the lamb chops, and then put the bowl back in
the microwave and continue cooking until the
time is up. Take the bowl out of the microwave.
4 Sprinkle turmeric powder on the lamb
chops and mix thoroughly. Serve with hot
cooked rice.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
[Tips]
• Makes 3–4 servings
• Makes If you like a more sour flavor,
add more lime juice.
• Makes 6–8 servings
• Softer mutton is juicier. If you want the mutton
juicier, reduce the oven time in 4 to 30 minutes.
• Makes 3–4 servings
• For tender, easy-to-chew cooked
lamb, soft lamb is recommended.
Manual Cooking (Microwave Heating)
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
Asia & Middle-East
Specialty
E-110
• One cup = 250ml.
500 g sea bass (cut into 2.5 x 2.5 cm pieces)
400 g jasmine rice
1
3 cup vegetable oil
2 chopped onions (medium size)
1
2 tsp grated ginger
1
2 tsp crushed garlic
2 green goat peppers (julienne cut)
3 sliced medium-sized tomato (cut in rings)
1
2 tsp cardamom
1
2 tsp dried clove bud
1
4 cup roughly chopped coriander
1 1 4 tsp granulated salt
1
2 tsp cinnamon powder
1
2 tsp turmeric powder
1
2 tsp coriander seed powder
1 cup water
Chili sauce
Spicy Bean Soup
E-111
Specifications
Power source
6.3A
6.0A
Power consumption 1,350W
(heater 1,300W)
6.1A
5.9A
5.6A
Oven
6.6A
Grill
AC 240V, 50Hz
Microwave
oven
AC 230V, 50Hz
Power consumption 1,450W
Power consumption 1,420W
(heater 1,360W)
6.5A
6.2A
5.9A
High-frequency output
1,000W, 700W, 600W, 500W, 200W equivalent, 100W equivalent
Oscillation frequency
2,450 MHz
Temperature adjustment range
E-112
AC 220V, 50Hz
Leaven, 100ºC–250ºC, 300ºC. The operation period at 300ºC is about five minutes.
Afterwards, the temperature automatically switches to 250ºC.
External dimensions
Width 500 mm x depth 449 mm x height 408 mm
Usable dimensions of oven cavity
Width 400 mm x depth 322 mm x height 240 mm
Mass (weight)
About 21.0 kg
E-113

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement